Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
017-080-027
. . 4ftiwtPARK LANE,G TRANSMITTING ANT ENNA ^rr 0/./ . � [ \ � � ~ � ` � �. / � 1 . ` > l | ° | | v ' T � ' � ^ � � � . ' ` ` » =~p . - v '4 MASONRY WALLS N E S W 1st Lift " 2nd Lift 3rd Lift 4th Lift 5th Lift 6th Lift FIRE WALLS (Occupancy, Area Propert Gypsum Board 1st Layer 2nd Layer Walls - Ceilin s - i n S� l f�)06"q cs •� t 't S t i row_ COQ/MMERCIALI 011-040-027 RMIT#97-0174 WESTSITE WIRELESS Humboldt Rd., Chico New.Communications Tower �_ C,3-,99C,3-,99046rI� 3-�04C PQlQ.n�e EAPL") G I . I K A-` R .,'fid .�.. • � `JY -tG-QLc�c.Q wl x n .. AA t0 r-1 AlAf, �i'31' ru-1- t i� MASONRY WALLS N E S W 1st Lift " 2nd Lift 3rd Lift 4th Lift 5th Lift 6th Lift FIRE WALLS (Occupancy, Area Propert Gypsum Board 1st Layer 2nd Layer Walls - Ceilin s - i n S� l f�)06"q cs •� t 't S t i row_ COQ/MMERCIALI 011-040-027 RMIT#97-0174 WESTSITE WIRELESS Humboldt Rd., Chico New.Communications Tower �_ C,3-,99C,3-,99046rI� 3-�04C PQlQ.n�e EAPL") G I . I K A-` R .,'fid .�.. • � `JY -tG-QLc�c.Q wl x n .. AA t0 r-1 AlAf, �i'31' ru-1- V=OK O=Not OK - = Not Applicable ' = Not Ready COMMERCIAL Date UND R LOOK Plans OK except #'s Dpte , FRAMING (Continued) Z 'ng-Setbacks-Easements-Flood-Slope-Soil Report 46. Hangers-Post Caps-Anchors-Connectors g., Main; Soils-Ufer Ground.-Ftg. Depth 47. Roof Shthing-Nailing-Diap.Chord Splice H Downs-Bolts-Straps-Embedment-Hair Pins 48. Firewall- Doo rs-Area-Occp.-Prop. C crete-PSI-Cert-SP. insp.-Loc. 49. Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection-Draft Stop-Ins. Baffles 5 t walls, Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped 50. Glu-Lam cert.-Placement-Support . Reinf. Steel-Grade-Placement 51. Steel Buildings-Purlin-Girders 7. Slab; Steel-Wrapped-Wire Mesh 52. Property Line Firewall & Openings 8. Piers-Steel 53. Ext. Doors-Handicap Access 9. D.W.V.; Fall-Fitting-Test-2 Way C/O-Sewer Test 54. Stairs; Width-Headroom-Rise-Run-Landing-Fire Protection 10. Gas Pipe; Size-Anchors 55. plywood on Roof Overhang-Attic Vents-Rafter Outriggers 11. Water Pipe; Test-Anchor-Regulator-Service Test 56. Siding-Nailing Veneer 12. Electric; Underground, Underslab 57. Stucco Mesh-Drip Screed-Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access 13. Pienums & Ducts; Clearance-Material-Support-Ins. 58. Glazing Area-Glass Protection-Skylights-Plastic-Fire Port. 14. Girders-Sills-Anchor Bolts-Joists-Vents-Cripples 59. Shear Walls -Plywood-Nailing-Conn to Roof 15. Masonry-Rebar-Lifts 60. Insulation-Walls-Ceilings Date Date V Card B-1 5_� Date Card B-1 Card B-1 Date Card B-1 61. Infiltration-Walls-Windows 62. Corridors-Openings-Fire Protection-Framing Date PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s 16. Water Htr.; Vent-Access-Combustion Air-Baffle Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 17. Water Pipe; Test & Anchor-Nail Protection Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 18. D.W.V.; Test -Fittings & Anchor-Nail Protection Date FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s 19. Sinks-Floor-Grease Trap 63. Ext. Steps-Door & Sidelight Protection-Landings _ 20. Handicap-W/C-Backing 64. Exits-Size-Number-Placement 21. Gas Pipe; Size & Anchors - Firewall Penetrations 65. Furnace; Vents-Clearance-Comb. Air-Connector- In Garage; Above Floor-Ducts-Mech. Protection 66. Sprinklers-Placement-Test Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 67. Suspended Ceiling-Seismic-Wires-Elec-Light & Mech. Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 68. Elec. Trim & Subpanel; Breaker Sizes & Labels Date ELECTRICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 69. Stairs & Rails 22. Fixture & Transformer Clearance-Ins. Protection 70. Handicap-Door Levers-Fin. Floor 23. Single Phase-Three Phase-Equip. Bond 71. Elec. Outlets at Wood Panel; Int. & Ext. 24. Size Boxes & No. of Conductors-Stapled 72. Wtr. Htr.; Vents-Clearance-Comb. Air-Connector-P.R.V. Above Floor-Mech. Protection 25. Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J. 26. Equip. Ground made up w/Mech. Fastners-Bond Gas & Water 73. Plb., Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location 27. Wiring-901-Protected-Color Coded 74. Insulation-Foam-Looked in Attic ❑ Yes 28. Subfeed Wire Size / / ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size / / ga. Cu or Al 75. Guard Rails &Deck Construction-Post Caps 76. Fdn. Vents & Crawl Hole Door-Drainage & Wood-Earth Clearance Looked under Floor Yes 29. Fire Resistive-Fixture-Conduit-G.F.I.-Susp. Ceiling 30. Service-Riser Conductors & Ground-Main Disconnect 77. Stucco; Brown-Finish 31. Equip. Clearances Panels-Motors-Mech. Equip. 78. A.C. Unit; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing 32. Fire Wall Penetrations 79. Vents Above Roof; Plbg.-Appliance-Fireplace.-Clearance to Openings 80. Water Well; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 81. Exterior Elec. Trim; G.F.I. Receptacle-Underground Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 82. Off Site-Parking-Handicap Date MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 83. Glass Protection 33. A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support 84. Corrections from Previous Inspections 34. Vent Fan; Exhaust above insulation 85. Gas Test-Meters Tagged; Gas-Electric 35. Condensate Drain & Overflow; Size & Grade 86. Water & Sewer Connected-C/O to Grade-HD Approval _ 36. Furnance-Vent; Access-Comb. Air-Return Air Vent-115 outlet 87. Energy Compliance Certificate-Other Certificates 37. Attic Access & Platform if Furnance in Attic 88. Roofing Certificate-Fire Rating 38. FI.V.A.C.-Ventilation-Roof Access 39. Smoke & Fire Dampers Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Comments at Final: Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FRAMING (Plans) OK except #'s 40. Sils, Proper Material & Anchors-Hold Downs 41. Walls Studs-Nailing, Spacing & Bracing-Plates-Sound 42. Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing 43. Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof) 44. Fire Stops; Furred Ceilings-Stairs-Chases 45. Headers & Beam-Size & Bearing-Support Fix. Certificate of Occupancy (NOTE: An entry must be made each time you visit the job site) Uf-PIL 510-- 236- 3863 9 Ar- drvr-,PjcajJ TOAJE-k _S rsT-E-6rs. ovo TP W, 15kT s!c- A"U- SperAL !4sp- ;N(,E2. 140AMS (sic- Arr pr 7o to c4m I r WS. ell AM Tow Fe. 5iS7cQM s) W-7-� �-._ _ G�t/�- $WD �6— DOU ��✓ �Z(e6{�lo,y,cDf —177 ZacK now Ak6# 5TgeW 67N Swam1G Ms7 M -(A Co#4A�$jE 2!!//! 0 mi& C,o2 Aakb To CdGc,� �/1/rte TO suites 4'4 u f �r COUNTY OF BUTTE- DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION / 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, C94fornia X95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 *7&I/ � E T N9• (Rev. 12/96) APPLICATION AND PERMIT / �l ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 011-040-027 ZONINq 10 XXJ NBUILDING PERMIT 41 OWNER TELEPHONE SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION CONTR. 12 000.00 OWNERS MAILING ADDRESS 3436 AMERICAN RIVER DR #2 SACTO, CONTRACTOR'S NAME OWNER TELEPHONE ' CONTRACTORS MAILING ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION LENDER NONE Fireplace LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS ' Total Valuation $ 12,000.00' ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. —Filing Fee $ 20.00 Permit Fee $ 135.00 ARCHITECT OR ENGINEERS MAILING ADDRESS Plan Checking Fee $ 87.75 BUILDING ADDRESS HUMBOLDT RD Energy Plan Checking Fee $ $ CHICO PERMIT FEE $ 242.75 LOT NO. SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 USEOFSTRUCTURE SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome ❑ Other COMMUNICATIONS TOWER SPECIFY Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15.00 Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 TYPE OF WORK New)b Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installation ❑Other ❑ Describe Work: jAIMELCSS %141411A%14+7__10J.I&Ea- 1A1Z 94DIO MAOSA41S510d) 7VwE� • Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home I S I G I W @20.00 PERMIT FEE $ r a5E pc -1 IT 96025 ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Main Service io noa 23.00 LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect.PSINGLE License Class Lic. No. OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors License Law for the following reason: ❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. �( I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project. ❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code for this reason Main Service 200A To I000A 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. OR ADDNS. ( d ACC. BLDS. SO 3.5¢FT: NON -R SNEW LID. CTI OU CLUT ITS @7.50 OWER APPARATOUTLETUCIR.S 8 Ex. Occu OUTLET OR FIXTURES zo p I.00 BAIL Q .so Ex. Occup. our rs'RRalo.oea 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 PERMIT FEE $ WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION 1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations: ❑ 1 have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided for by section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. ❑ 1 have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Carrier Policy Number (The above sections need not be completed if the permit is for work of a valuation of one hundred dollars ($100) or less.) K I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to workers' compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' compensation provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those provisions. X _ _Date Signatefre of Applicant - Owner Contractor ❑ Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 60" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ occ CoNST. rrP TOTAL FEE $ 2,42.75 i A D. FEES IMP _ FLOOD COF PARC PD D SSU o This permit is hereby issue under the applicable provisions of the Butte Coun Code and/or Resolutions to do work in di to fo which fees have been paid. By Date PERMIT EXPIRES ON _�V_ Date Receipt No. 209827 WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT pt2-o t/ e 9 / F C4 7-7/01V 7 -)+AT Wc17-10/0E WIilEL�tS PC-OAf rr r -on —. l�eG esu i COPY dF c e,457 , �f } F f � U pt2-o t/ e 9 / F C4 7-7/01V 7 -)+AT Wc17-10/0E WIilEL�tS PC-OAf rr r -on —. l�eG esu i COPY dF c e,457 , �f } F f � Y�i 4i1�'{��l�yE '.�i4't�^ �j✓1.7CAH�+i:]i747�.#'!�►"/r�'(s.t�.c.,...._.,.�,_ COUNT,YOF BUTTE - DEPARTMENTOF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVI 10N 7 COUNTYCENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE„EALIFGRNIA 95965 - TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541 ' PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET OWNER W t5 f S , 7�e W i lrC� 1 C` 5 S A. o. 00 Proposed Building Use COMm. j OuiC y- Building Inspector -Date dc3 At time of permit application, I was advised the following data must be submitted prior to permit processing and/or issuance: DATE RECEIVED BY 1, All items have been submitted . ...................... . 2.Plot,plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans . .......................... 3. . Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans . ...................... t 4. Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets,vith wet signature on plans. ............. . 5."Hazardous Material Form . ............................................ 6. Energy.Design Compliance and supporting documentation . .................. 7. Statement of Intent for Non -Heated and A/C Buildings . ...................... 8. Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate (required prior to plan check). ... . 9. Mobilehome data and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets. ............ 10. Fees of $.......................................... 11. Impact fees as�shown on attached schedule. 12. California Department of Forestry plan approval/fees. ....................... . 13. Flood elevation letter (100 year floo y, California Engineer. . . 14. Sanitation and plot plan approval e + CO Health Department. ........... 15. City of Chico plumbing permit . ......................................... 74- 16. Plot plan and business license approval from City of Biggs/Grikiley. _w X17. Planning approval for (A) Use: V (B) Parking: 18. Contact Land Development about (A) Improvements (B) Drainage. .......... Z 3 �-7 19: Driveway permit (construction approval required.prior to occupancy). .. . Pre -Inspection reque� 20. Pre -inspection for required. . to Building lnspedor (Date) 21. Contractor's license information. (No., Name Style, Classification) . .............. 22. Certificate of Workmans Compensation Insurance . ......................... . 23. Owner -Builder Verification (Given to owner , Mail to owner _). .......... . 24. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement . .................. 25. Letter of signature authorization . ........................................ 26. Copy of recorded deed of parcel creation and 60 right of way to a public road. ..... 27. Letter of intent on building use . ......................................... 28. Mobilehome utility clearance . .......................................... 29. Documentation of legal access . ..................... :................... 30. Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (A) Road improvements completed and (B) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements . ............... 31. Existing violations/expired permits. Plan check list. 33. i3¢' ...... � ..... (AIGU, �Ic ...- . ©!G : .t 14e -X1 When you issue the,,ge7r nit prQcgss as follows: Mail too er. Mail to contractor. Teleph ne 7 % / ' %U ts�f anQfor pickup at office. Deliver with inspector. Other 1 o►»liS G? Parcel Creationcj �-7 Acreage Applican`� -o711 Date / Copy of Haz-Mat form sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Air Pollution Date Copy of plans sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Other Date By The following data must be submitted 1. Index permit for above items No. _ 2. Additional items required: it issuance: (Circle new item not checked above). Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone -mail Counter by _ Date Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone -mail Counter by _ Date Plans checked by �(%Zi/1�- Date I Plans approved by 4i�2- _ Date Sets of plans on hold in File cabinet AP folder Copy - Department of Public Works (Rev. 12/96) COUNTY OF BUTTE- DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPLMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 APPLICATION AND PERMIT PERMIT NO. ASSESSOR PARC NUMBER i�-o�n- 0.1, ZONING BUILDING PERMIT OWNER E f � ° ; �e� �- TELEPHONE SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION d DD OWNERRI VJ:DRESSS Ver /)tto do f © �ISBG CONTRACTOR'S NAME 0% ud no- r TELEPHONE CONTRACTORS MAILING ADDRESS ' CONSTRU ON LENDER Fireplace LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Total Valuation $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. Rlina Fee $ '20,00 Permit Fee @h�( $ / JLJ O (?� ARCHITECT OR ENGINEERS MAILING ADDRESS Plan Checkin ' Fee $ BUILDING ADDRESS c ! WS U c I Energy Plan Checking Fee $ $ PERMIT FEE LAT NO. SUBDNIS IONSNAME PARCEL MAP PLUMBING PERMIT Fling Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 USEOFSTRUCTURE��0('� tv, SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome ❑ Other CpwL w\0-", T/) Lk)&r SPECIFY Solar or heat um water heater 23.00 Water piping 15.00 Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 TYPE OF WORK New y Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installation ❑ Other ❑ Describe Work: Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home I S I G I W @20.00 PERMIT FEE $ ELECTRICAL PERMIT Fling Fee 20.00 a00v OR LEss Main Service zo.A OR LESS 23.00 LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION I herebyaffirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter p tY P 1 Y 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect. License Class Lic. No. OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION 1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors License Law for the following reason: ❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. ❑ I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project. ❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code for this reason WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION 1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations: ❑ I have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided for by section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. ❑ 1 have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Carrier Policy Number (The above sections need not be completed if the permit is for work of a valuation of one hundred dollars ($100) or less.) ❑ 1 certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to workers' compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' compensation provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those provisions. X ___ Date Signature of Applicant - ❑ Owner ❑ Contractor ❑ Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 60" deep and demolition or construction structures over 3 stories in height. Main Service 200A To 1000A 46.00 NEW CONST. DWEwNG OCCUP. SO OR ADDNS. ( Ola`NG BLAS. 3.5QFr. NEW ONULTI.LmET NON•RCESIDS. . MO@7.50 ER APP mTErTUS CIiR. &SNL OUTLET OR FDCTURES 20 ( 1.00 Ex. Occup. eal .50 FIXED APPLNS. OR 5.00 Ex. Occup. ouTLErs RESID. EA Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wirin 23.00 _ PERMIT FEE $ Filing Fee 20.00 MECHANICAL PERMIT 9 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ occ CONST. TYPE TOTAL FEE $ HA2. I D. FEES I IMP I FLOOD COF PARCEL ro Ho LssuE This permit is hereby issued under of the Butte County Code and/or indicated above for which fees have B y PERMIT EXPIRES ON the applicable provisions Resolutions to do work been paid. Date (OBle)®s �eceiptNo. .urc_n CANARY.ASS ESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD•APPLICA NT MASONF:Y WALLS N E S W 1st Lift 2nd Lift 3rd Lift 4th Lift 5th Lift 6th Lift FIRE WALLS (Occupancy, Area Propert Gypsum Board 1st Layer 2nd Layer Walls Ceilinas 1?6- g 7.!50 1A8,M ,16U7 �ti4A14A1Y h-- �i '� 'el CO MERCIAL S r040-027 PERMIT#97-0173 WES0SITE WIRELESS + i Humboldt Rd., Chico New CommunicationsBldg -----�- �i3 0/% - -- F q3 _ aSoC PCtr�c �tvle�i KPPL� 9U 1 I o,/., /, &t OFFICE COPY Address GAS Meter By Date ELECTRIC Meter By Date V=OK O=Not OK = Not Applicable COMM E = Not Ready Date UNDE FLOOR Plans OK except #'s 1 ing-Setbacks-Ease nts- od-Slope-Soil Report t ., Main; Soils-Uf r Gr d.-Ftg. Depth old Downs -Bolts -Straps -Embedment -Hair Pins 4. Concrete -PSI -Cert -SP. insp.-Loc. 5. St walls, Main; Steel -Bloc kouts-Wrapped 6 e' . Steel -Grade -Placement 7 lab; Steel -Wrapped -Wire Mesh 8. Piers -Steel 9. D.W.V.; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 Way C/O -Sewer Test 10. Gas Pipe; Size -Anchors 11. Water Pipe; Test -Anchor -Regulator -Service Test 12. Electric; Underground, Underslab 13. Pienums & Ducts; Clearance -Material -Support -Ins. 14. Girders -Sills -Anchor Bolts -Joists -Vents -Cripples 15. Masonry -Rebar -Lifts _Date Card B-1 G-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s 16. Water Htr.; Vent -Access -Combustion Air -Baffle 17. Water Pipe; Test & Anchor -Nail Protection 18. D.W.V.; Test -Fittings & Anchor -Nail Protection 19. Sinks -Floor -Grease Trap 20. Handicap-W/C-Backing 21. Gas Pipe; Size & Anchors - Firewall Penetrations Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date ELECTRICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 22. Fixture & Transformer Clearance -Ins. Protection 23. Single Phase -Three Phase -Equip. Bond 24. Size Boxes & No. of Conductors -Stapled 25. Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J. 26. Equip. Ground made up w/Mech. Fastners-Bond Gas & Water 27. Wiring -901 -Protected -Color Coded 28. Subfeed Wire Size / / ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size / / ga. Cu or Al 29. Fire Resistive-Fixture-Conduit-G.F.I.-Susp. Ceiling 30. Service -Riser Conductors & Ground -Main Disconnect 31. Equip. Clearances Panels-Motors-Mech. Equip. 32. Fire Wall Penetrations Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 •Date Card B-1 Date MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 33. A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support 34. Vent Fan; Exhaust above insulation 35. Condensate Drain & Overflow; Size & Grade 36. Furnance-Vent; Access -Comb. Air -Return Air Vent -115 outlet 37. Attic Access & Platform if Furnance in Attic 38. Fi.V.A.C.-Ventilation-Roof Access 39. Smoke & Fire Dampers Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FRAMING (Plans) OK except #'s 40. Sils, Proper Material & Anchors -Hold Downs 41. Walls Studs -Nailing, Spacing & Bracing -Plates -Sound 42. Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing 43. Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof) 44. Fire Stops; Furred Ceilings -Stairs -Chases 45. Headers & Beam -Size & Bearing -Support Fix. ACIAL Date FRAMING (Continued) 46. Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors 47. Roof Shthing-Nailing-Diap.Chord Splice 48. Firewall- Doo rs-Area-Occp.-Prop. 49. Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection -Draft Stop -Ins. Baffles 50. Glu -Lam cert. -Placement -Support 51. Steel Buildings-Purlin-Girders 52. Property Line Firewall & Openings 53. Ext. Doors -Handicap Access 54. Stairs; Width -Headroom -Rise -Run -Landing -Fire Protection 55. plywood on Roof Overhang -Attic Vents -Rafter Outriggers 56. Siding -Nailing Veneer 57. Stucco Mesh -Drip Screed -Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access 58. Glazing Area -Glass Protection -Skylights -Plastic -Fire Port. 59. Shear Walls -Plywood-Nailing-Conn to Roof 60. Insulation -Walls -Ceilings 61. Infiltration -Walls -Windows 62. Corridors -Openings -Fire Protection -Framing Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s xt. Steps -Door & Sidelight Protection -Landings L54 -Exits -Size -Number -Placement mace; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air -Connector - In Garage; Above Floor-Ducts-Mech. Protection 66-Sprinkl a rs-Placement-Test ceded Ceiling-Seismic-Wires-Elec-Light & Mech. NOM ec. Trim & Subpanel; Breaker Sizes & Labels rJ-S=tr& & Rails -M)..-Mundicap-Door Levers -Fin. Floor -7T Sec. Outlets at Wood Panel; Int. & Ext. %-WQ.-Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air-Connector-P.R.V. Above Floor-Mech. Protection Pib., Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location 434,-Wmiation-Foam-Looked in Attic 0 Yes QZ5.Avard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps �. Ptfi. Vents & Crawl Hole Door -Drainage & Wood -Earth - Clearance Looked under Floor 0 Yes �qF4--BWcco; Brown -Finish --,z . . . Unit; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing %_Z2_V."ts Above Roof; Plbg.-Appliance-Fireplace.-Clearance to Openings =80--Weter Well; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing V,I"E-xterior Elec. Trim; G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground ,_g2h?ff-Site-Park i ng -Handicap Glass Protection Corrections from Previous Inspections b6 Ca§ Test -Meters Tagged; Gas -Electric -86 - mater & Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval 87. Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates oofing Certificate -Fire Rating Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Comments at Final: Certificate of Occupancy (NOTE: An entry must be made each time you visit the job site) I 1 COUNTY OF BUTTE -DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 959F5 - Telephone (916) 538-754�nr a✓PEBMV_ 0• (Rev. 12/96) APPLICATION AND PERMIT ,,// ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 011-040-027 ZONING A 10 BUILDING PERMIT OWNER WESTSITE WIRELESS TELEPHONE SO, FT, OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNERS MAILING ADDRESS 3436 AMERICAN RIVER DR #2 SACTO, ' 85864 150 @ 32 4,800.00 CONTRACTOR'S NAME OWNER TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION LENDER NONE LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace Total Valuation $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. Filen Fee $ 20.00 Permit Fee $ 72. 0 ARCHITECT OR ENGINEERS MAILING ADDRESS Plan Checking Fee $ 46-80 BUILDING ADDRESS HUMBOLDT RD Energy Plan Checking Fee $ CHICO PERMIT FEE $ 138.80 LOT NO. SUBDIVISIONS NAME PARCEL MAP PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 USEOFSTRUCTURE SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome ❑ Other COMMUNICATIONS BLDG SPECIFY Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15.00 Each as water heater or vent 15.00 TYPE OF WORK New Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installation ❑ Other ❑ Describe Work: (10 X 15) Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home S G W ' @20.00 PERMIT FEE S ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Main Service z..AORLEss 23.00 LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect. License Class LIC. No. OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors License Law for the following reason: ❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. J✓� I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project. ❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code for this reason Main Service 200A TO 1000A 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUR So OR ADDNS. ( & ACC. BUDS. 3.52FT. NEW CONST. MULTI.OUTLET NO I.BRANCH CIRCUITS@7.50 POWER APPARATUS 8 SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. OUTLET OR FIXTURES 20@''00 TLBAL @ .50 Ex. Occup. ou7LEEDrs AEwslo.oeA. 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 PERMIT FEE S WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION 1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations: ❑ 1 have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided for by section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. ❑ 1 have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Carrier MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Policy Number (The above sections need not be completed if the permit is for work of a valuation of one hundred dollars ($100) or less.) 1�( I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to workers' compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' compensation provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those provisions. X Date _Z -_ Signat re of pplicant - XOwn r ❑ Contractor ❑ Agent, An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5'0" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ i Energy Inspection Fee $ I occ CONST. TYPE TOT FEE $ 148 D FEES I P FLZ I rnPI PARS Po V HD ISSUE This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions of the Butte Cou ty Code and/or Resolutions to do work indica ab e f r which fees have been paid. By DDaate PERMIT EXPIRES ON70 Date Receipt No. 209827 WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT `T^."�i"£$�y�'•'r�^�`4`%i� �'�i5r'�'Y�'�`C��-,.�a'�^"y�^,��i'���;if.'.�'�'�il�`;33't,'#:;;;. �...7,= .a %�(::,.-.sa..�:. T �_ _ r� 4' COUNTYOF'BUTTE -DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISI 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE�,CALIFORNIA95965 -TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541 PERMIT APPLICATIONDATA SHEET OWNER 11f t,5 tc I, re A. P No. � a�} 'op Proposed Building Use o � Building Inspector Date a a )97)' At time of permit application, I was advised the following data must be submitted prior to permit processing and/or issuance: DATE RECEIVED BY 1. All items have been submitted . ........................................ 2. Plot plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans . .......................... 3. Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans . ...................... Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets, with wet signature on plans. . 5. Hazardous Material Form . ............................................ Energy Design Compliance and supporting documentation . .................. 7. Statement of Intent for Non -Heated and A/C Buildings . ..................... . 8. Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate (required prior to plan check). ..: . 9. Mobilehome data'and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets. ........... 510 -Fees of $ . ............5ingi*neer 11. Impact fees a�s-s m on'f"atYac epi d sc�iedu�le s `-12. California Department of Forestry plan approval�ks�/ 13. Flood elevation letter 100 ear floo� b Califor.......( Y C:)�Yc . Sanitation andplotplan approval � b Health Department . ............ 15. City of -Chico plumbing permit. ........ ...................... . 16. Plot plan andfbusiness license approval from City of Biggs/ Gri • ley . ............. 17.t Planning approval for (A) Use: I/ (B) Parking: i . . 18. Contact Land Development about (A) Improvements (B) Drainage. ........... 7 3 19. Driveway permit (construction approval required prior to occupancy). .. . c6oA20. Pre -inspection for toBu"�ingIns Inspector required. . . to Building lnspeaor (Date) 21. Contractor's license information. (No., Name Style, Classification). .... ; ......... 22. Certificate of Workmans Compensation Insurance . .......................... 23. Owner -Builder Verification (Given to owner , Mail to owner . ........... 24. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement . .................. 25. Letter of signature authorization . ........................................ 26. Copy of recorded deed of parcel creation and 60 right of way to a public road. .... . 27. Letter of intent on building use . ......................................... ................. 28. Mobilehome utility clearance . .......................................... 29. Documentation of legal access . ..................... :.................. 30. Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (A) Road improvements completed and (B) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements. ......... ...... . 31. Existing violations/expired permits . ....................................... 32. Plan check list . ..................................................... 33. 34. When you issue the,,pp�ermit, gwcgps as follows: Mail to owner. Mail to contractor. Y Telephone 7�%1 '�C�0 a d hickup at (J 1 office. Deliver with inspector. Other hqm4S 7 eC- I , Parcel CreationA7 Acreage ApplicantYDate Z ( I Copy of Haz-Mat form sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Air Pollution Date Copy of plans sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Other Date By The following data must be submitted prior to permit is nce: (Circle new item not checked above). 1. Index permit for above items No. 2. Additional items required: l� Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone _ mail' Counter by _ Date Contractor, designer, owner, as advised of above re ui ed data by _ phone _ mail Counter by _ Date Plans checked by Date 2 3 Plans approved by -� Date Sets of plans on hold in File cabinet AP folder Copy - Department of Public Works COUNTY OE BUTTE DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE.CA 95965 TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541. SCHEDULE OF FEES DUE OWNER fs; te'# A J. PROPOSED BUILDING USE e DATE REC # DATE REC 1. BUILDING PERMIT FEES -- Balance Due ................ Additional Fees Due ........... $ Additional Fees Due ............ $ Revised Plan Checking Fee ....... $ 2. SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES (paid at District Office) �3. SHERIFF FEES (paid at Building Division) Residential ........ x $360.00 = $ Units Commercial (sq.ft.)... x $0.03 = $ Sq.Ft. 4. URBAN AREA FEES (paid at Building Division) Residential (per unit) x = $ #Units Amt. Commercial (sq.ft.) . x Sq. Ft. Amt. 5. RECREATION DISTRICT FEES (paid at District Office) 6. THERMALITO DRAINAGE DISTRICT FEES $425.00 (paid at Building Division) 7. SRA FIRE INSPECTION AND PLAN CHECK $89.00 (paid at Building Division) CV,319-9 8. WATER TENDER FEES (Battalion # $200.00 (paid at Building Division) 9. CSA 87 TRAFFIC FEE $2500.00 (paid at Building Division) 10. OTHER At time of permit application, I was advised the above'fees are required to be paid prior to issuance of the building permit. These fees may be changed during the plan checking. process. 000 -T 7 APPLICANT '000 DATE Original -Owner Copy -Building Div. (Rev. 12/96) 5PA (Rev. 12/96) COUNTY OF BUTTE- DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 APPLICATION AND PERMIT PERMIT NO. ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMB OWNER Lt�C s f re e- ZONING TELEPHONE BUILDING PERMIT SO, FT, OCC. BUILDING VALUATION - OWNERS MAID DRESS f� an e --r c e,4 CONTRACTORS NAME LT ✓i IL TELEPHONE ' CONTRACTORS MAILING ADDRESS ' CONSTRUCTION LENDER e Fireplace LENDER'S MAIUNG ADDRESS . Total Valuation $ ARCHITECT OR NGINEER LICENSE NO. Filing Fee $ 20.00 Permit Fee $ Pa •00 ARCHITECT OR ENGINEERS MAILING ADDRESS Plan Checking Fee $ BUILDING ADDRESS f L Energy Plan Checking Fee $ $ PERMIT FEE t J LOT NO. SUBDNIspNS NAME PARCEL MAP PLUMBING PERMIT Fling Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 USEOFSTRUCTURE SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome ❑ Other n , • L i1 SPECIFY Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15.00 Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 TYPE OF WORK NewAddition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities O Installation D Other ❑ Describe Work: 10 )E/5-' Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home I S I G I W 920.00 PERMIT FEE t ELECTRICAL PERMIT Fling Fee 20.00 e00V OR LESS Main .Service 200A OR LESS 23.00 LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect. License Class Lic. NO. OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors License Law for the following reason: ❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. ❑ 1, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project. O 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code for this reasonFlin WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations: ❑ 1 have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided for by section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. O 1 have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Carrier Policy Number (The above sections need not be completed if the permit is for work of a valuation of one hundred dollars ($100) or less.) ❑ 1 certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person In any manner so as to become subject to workers'HAZ. compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' compensation provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those provisions. X __ Date Signature of Applicant - O Owner O Contractor O Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 50" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Main Service 200A TO 1000A 46.00 NEW CONST. OWELUNG OCCUP. SO OR ADDNS. ( a ACC. BLOC. 3.5CFT: NEW CONS . MULTI.OUTLET @7.50 NON-RESID. ANC 1 POWER APPARATUS 8 SINGLE OUTLET CI R. OUTLET OR FOCTUREs 20 @- 1.00 Ex. Occup. BAL m •50 FIXED APPLNS. OR 5.00 Ex. Occup. otmFrs RESID. EA Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 PERMIT FEE $ MECHANICAL PERMIT 9 Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE S. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ Occ CONST. TYPE TOTAL FEE $ I D. FEES IMP FLOOD CDF PARCEL PD MD SSUE This permit is hereby issued under of the Butte County Code and/or indicated above for which fees have B y PERMIT EXPIRES ON the applicable provisions Resolutions to do work been paid. Date Data) Receipt No. -1-1— n n c _n n r.ANAR -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT BUTTE COUNTY SCHOOLS IMPACT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM (One Form Per Building) School District ►'1 i c_© Z Building Department No. A.P. Number. 0// -©K 'Jurisdiction: City [ ] County Property Owner �� ,� fe J'►V'e. ! f? S j Property Location/Address R iw M �0 f — OSI Subdivison Lot No. Residential Development 0 0 Sq. Footage No. of Living MH1 Addition (Group R) Uni 2©��,�h�+►©�S - lel fs Commercial/Industrial Sq. Footage ew Addition (Including Exterior Roofed Areas) h? 19-2. Building 016paiiment Representative Date (Floor Plans reviewed by School District Personnel) District Identification No. 9,90 -?A1 0&6p School District certifies that (AppAcant) (Street A ress) (Phone Number) &- (City(State) p/ (Zip Code) has complied with the requirements of Resolution No. &:! 96 by payment of $ representing square feet. Paid by Check # Remarks: Bank Number Paid by Cash AB 2926 $ FULL MITIGATION $ Date If, subsequent to the School District Representative signing this Butte County Schools Impact Fee. Certification Form, the School District is notified by the applicable Local Planning Agency that this project is being reviewed under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this project may be subject to additional school fees to fully mitigate its impact on the school district's schools. White (applicant), Yellow (building department), Pink (school district) feeform.wkf (f f/94)dmm AAk Am= -RICAN TOW=R NYSE AMT February 21, 2001 Mr. Michael Vieira Manager, Building Inspection Butte County — Building Division Department of Development Services 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965-3397 Re: Building Code Violation H bo hico -#01-0400A1 27 LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES i Dear Mr. Vierra: Per your correspondence of January 30, 2001, please.find enclosed an original High Strength Bolt Testing Report from ASR Engineering, Inc. for the above communication tower. Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions or need further information. Sincerely P, Debby Li.pnolis . . Project Coordinator encs. FEB 2 2 IN cc: Mr. Doug Podrabsky Construction Manager DUTTB COUNTY ' American Tower Corporation BUILDI14 DIVISI®N 9828 Business Park Drive, Suite A • Sacramento, California 95827 Phone: (916) 364-8190 Fax: (916) 364-8334 !1 January 30, 2001 American Tower Attn: Doug Podrabsky 9828 Business Park Dr. Suite A Sacramento, CA 95827 RE: Building Code Violation Humboldt Rd., Chico A.P.#011-040-027 Dear Mr. Podrabsky: 0 -#1_ P - L AiND OF i\!A.TURAL ^!cr•i T}= !,i! D 6E BUILDING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE • OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 TELEPHONE: (530) 538-7541 . FAX: (530) 538-2140 This is a courtesy notice to notify you that you are in violation of the Butte County Code, as follows, at the above -referenced location. Failure to provide special inspection results for high strength bolting, and failure to obtain final inspection of the tower installation. It is the County's goal to obtain voluntary compliance with the Butte County Code_. However, you should be advised that Butte County has an active Code Enforcement Program which provides an effective means of enforcement if voluntary compliance is not obtained. Enforcement may be pursued through the issuance of citations, fines and the' recording of a Notice of Violation including a description of the action necessary to abate the violation. You have thirty (30) days to voluntarily comply with the above directions or to present an acceptable plan for abatement or corrective actions to be taken by you. Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact Scott Rutherford or Michael Vieira in this office . at the address or telephone number listed above. Sincerely, Michael Vieira Manager, Building Inspection MCV:pa cc: Assessor `j As Engineering, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL • ENVIRONMENTAL • CONSTRUCTION TESTING February 16, 2001 Job No. 11-00032 00. Mr. Barry DaCruz Advanced Design Consultants, LLC 1755 W. Hammer Lane, Suite 12 Stockton, California 95209 Subject: High Strength Bolt Testing Report Communication Tower Humboldt Road Site 3661 Humboldt Road Chico, California Dear Mr. DaCruz: At your request and authorization, ASR Engineering, Inc. (ASR) has prepared this High Strength Bolt Testing Report for the communication tower located at 3661 Humboldt Road, in Chico, California. We appreciate the opportunity to assist you with this project. Should you have questions regarding this report or need additional information, please contact the undersigned at (559) 432-7575. Respectfully submitted, ASR Engineering, Inc. P@v ESS/0�� SPg0OR A. Saboor Rahim, Ph.D., C.E., G.E., REA. cDrn rn No. 2073 Distribution: Mr. Barry DaCruz (4 copies) ExI, `rl rFOrECVA F OF CAFE 351 West Cromwell Avenue, Suite 106 0 Fresno, CA 93711 9 (559) 432-7575 • Fax (559) 432-7555 q, .. IT?,J I /1()i'frJ:f2 f?.,✓+Q7«-tAT'.'I.11M.VMS i,VA-4 • .1A'jIX1.1:) .TOAD ::�.,.,r((*e)rcla<<%:C I'Fl•r• I ej-fl• 13tr..?, +unr'I.1!..'lfrlui7Ptjm!?C' 0 jr i 1 �f�£-•,A +l +i-... t f .'. r r ..y,. t :i.. �, Iyl��.r o a�� � ; r yy ~ HIGH STRENGTH BOLT TESTING REPORT COMIVWNICATION TOWER HUMBOLDT ROAD SITE 3661 HUMBOLDT ROAD CHICO, CALIFORNIA 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents a summary of the results of tests performed on high strength bolts for the communication tower located at 3661 Humboldt Road in Chico, California. ASR Engineering, Inc. (ASR) has performed these services at the request and authorization of Mr. Barry DaCruz of Advanced Design Consultants (ADC), LLC of Stockton, California. Mr. Jim Tellesen was the American Tower Services (ATS) representative for this project. 2.0 WORK SCOPE The objective of performing the testing services was to provide an independent assessment of the tightness of the high strength bolts for the communication tower in conformance with the project plans and specifications. The scope of our services included the following: ➢ Inspecting the wrenches used by the contractor for testing the tightness of the high strength bolts. ➢ Observing the bolt tightening operations performed by the American Tower Services. ➢ Preparing this report. 3.0 BOLT TIGHTNESS TESTING The communication tower was a three legged, 80 -foot high Valmont Microflect and consisted of 4 sections. ASTM A-325 bolts were used for constructing the tower. Based on the information .provided by ADC, the tower manufacturers had specified the snug tight condition for tightening the bolts. Accordingly, ATS used the turn -of -the -nut method for non -slip critical conditions for the high strength bolts. Three bolts were found to be loose and several bolts needed to be further tightened. The ATS field personnel tightened these bolts. The bolt testing and tightening were satisfactorily completed on February 15, 2001. ASR Engineering, Inc. A AM=RICAN TOW=R 9828 Business Park Drive, Suite A Sacramento, California 95827 3394 2117HT Mr. Michael Vieira Manager, Building Inspection Butte County — Building Division Department of Development Services 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965-3397 WWW . CALOVER . COM ` � rf LI, A% 1'4w 800-334-5000 N SAC95965 THERMAL I TO f OROV I LLE SRC 21 S/350 1 letter 0 / MERICAN TOWER FAX /yicid�LTO: 'j". COMPANY: 9✓7rXf Cadrlry PHONE: Sao - S38 --7sai FAX: s, - S78 - 2 ic./a FROM: D0614C �°'�„�►nw' COMPANY:' American Tower PHONE: 916-364-8190 Frf"3a1) FAX: 916364-8334 DATE: Number of pages including cover: ,w,�y 7�n►s rasrc so �Q�6. t' w,�� .y*14 yo* •4 Cagy AS &JEL4. Ar ?UERi /s ,�wYT��at ,6�sE P�FasE �,�y NE K.vaa•. The information contained in this facsimile message may be confidential and/or legally privileged information intended only for use of the individual or entity named above. If the reader of this message is not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any copying, -dissemination or distribution of confidential or privileged information is strictly prohibited. If you have received this communication in error, please immediately notify by telephone and we will arrange for the return of the facsimile. W 9828 Business Park Dr - IIA, Sacramento, CA 95 82 7-1 704 (916) 364.8190 Fac: (916) 3644334 FEB. 21 '01 (WED) 09:52 AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION 916 608 9326 PAGE. 2/3 AS' Engineering, Inc'. GEOTECHNICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUCTION TESTING February 16, 2001 I& Barry DaCruz _Advanced Design Consultants, LLC 1755 W. Hammer Lane, Suite 12 Stockton, California 95209 Subject: High Strength Bolt Testing Report Communication _Tower Humboldt Road Site 3661 Humboldt Road Chico, California Dear Mr. DaCruz: Job No. 11-00032 At your request and authorization, ASR Engineering, Inc. (ASR) has prepared this High Strength Bolt Testing Report for the communication tower located at 3661 Humboldt Road, in Chico, California. We appreciate the opportunity to assist you with this project. Should you have questions regarding this report or need additional information, please contact the undersigned at (559) 432-7575. Respectfully submitted, ASR Engineering, Inc. A. Saboor Rahim, PhD., C.E., G. �RET No. 2073ir Distribution: Mr. Barry DaCruz (4 copies) Exl, elo CHN CAIi� 351 West Cromwell Avenue, Suite 106 0 Fresno, CA 93711 0 (559) 432-7575 • Fax (559) 432-7555 SIGH STRENGTH BOLT TESTING REPORT COMMUNICATION TOWER HUMBOLDT ROAD SITE 3651 HUMBOLDT ROAD CHICO, CALIFORNIA 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents a summary of the results of tests performed on high strength bolts for the communication tower located at 3661 Humboldt Road in Chico, California. ASR Engineering, Inc. (ASR) has performed these services at the request and authorization of Mr. Bary DaCruz of Advanced Design Consultants (ADC), LLC of Stockton, California. Mr. Jim Tellesen was the American Tower Services (ATS) representative for this project. 2.0 WORK SCOPE The objective of performing the testing services was to provide an independent assessment of the tightness of the high strength bolts for the communication tower in conformance with the project plans and specifications. The scope of our services included the following- ➢ Inspecting the wrenches used by the contractor for testing the tightness of the high strength bolts. ➢ Observing the bolt tightening operations performed by the American Tower Services Preparing this report. 3.0 BOLT TIGHTNESS TESTING The communication tower was a three legged, 80 -foot high Valmont Microflect and consisted of 4 sections. ASTM A-325 bolts were used for constructing the tower. Based on the information provided by ADC, the tower manufacturers had specified the snug tight condition for tightening the bolts. Accordingly, ATS used the turn -of -the -nut method for non -slip critical conditions for the high strength bolts. Three bolts were found to be loose and several bolts needed to be further tightened. The ATS field personnel tightened these bolts. The bolt testing and tightening were satisfactorily completed on February 15, 2001. ASR Engineering, Inc. January 30, 2001 American Tower Attn: Doug Podrabsky 9828 Business Park Dr. Suite A Sacramento, CA 95827 RE: Building Code Violation Humboldt Rd., Chico A.P. #011-040-027 Dear Mr. Podrabsky: fia fte Co L A N D O F N A T U R A L W E A L T H A N D B E A U T Y BUILDING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE • OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 TELEPHONE: (530) 538-7541 FAX: (530) 538-2140 This is a courtesy notice to notify you that you are in violation of the Butte County Code, as follows, at the above -referenced location. Failure to provide special inspection results for high strength bolting, and failure to obtain final inspection of the tower installation. It is the County's goal to obtain voluntary compliance with the Butte County Code. However, you should be advised that Butte County has an active Code Enforcement Program which provides an effective means of enforcement if voluntary compliance is not obtained. Enforcement may be pursued through the issuance of citations, fines and the' recording of a. Notice of Violation including a description of the action necessary to abate the violation. You have thirty (30) days to voluntarily comply with the above directions or to present an acceptable plan for abatement or corrective actions to be taken by you. Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact Scott Rutherford or Michael Vieira in this office at the address or telephone number listed above. Sincerely, Michael Vieira Manager, Building Inspection MCV:pa cc: Assessor _1r January 30, 2001 American Tower Attn: Doug Podrabsky 9828 Business Park Dr. Suite A Sacramento, CA 95827 RE: Building Code Violation Humboldt Rd., Chico A.P. #011-040-027 Dear Mr. Podrabsky: fia fte Co L A N D O F N A T U R A L W E A L T H A N D B E A U T Y BUILDING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE • OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 TELEPHONE: (530) 538-7541 FAX: (530) 538-2140 This is a courtesy notice to notify you that you are in violation of the Butte County Code, as follows, at the above -referenced location. Failure to provide special inspection results for high strength bolting, and failure to obtain final inspection of the tower installation. It is the County's goal to obtain voluntary compliance with the Butte County Code. However, you should be advised that Butte County has an active Code Enforcement Program which provides an effective means of enforcement if voluntary compliance is not obtained. Enforcement may be pursued through the issuance of citations, fines and the' recording of a. Notice of Violation including a description of the action necessary to abate the violation. You have thirty (30) days to voluntarily comply with the above directions or to present an acceptable plan for abatement or corrective actions to be taken by you. Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact Scott Rutherford or Michael Vieira in this office at the address or telephone number listed above. Sincerely, Michael Vieira Manager, Building Inspection MCV:pa cc: Assessor .i CHRIS OLIVEIRA & ASSOC. Consulting Engineers STRUCTURAL DESIGN PLANNING April 17, 1997 Building I spection Division CIVIL ENGINEERING Subject: Equipment Housing for Westsite Chico RCE 33407 75 Natoma Street, Suite A Folsom, CA 95630 (916) 353-0610 Fax (916)353-0611 Dear Sir: I have visually inspected the box which serves as the equipment housing for the Westsite Chico installation. In my opinion, because it does not constitute a habitable structure (i.e., no plumbing, windows, ventilation, etc), and is not permanently set on a foundation, it should not be subject to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. However, in the interest of safety, I wanted to be sure that it could not overturn under the influence of a high wind or seismic event. I have done the overturning calculations, (attached for your review) and have concluded that the box is stable under any kind of lateral load. I have also included a foundation drawing of a pad on which this box will be set. I have discussed the construction of the box with the manufacturer and am convinced that, given the long history of these boxes without any type of structural failure, the box is more than adequate for the use intended by the owner. I have included the documentation provided by the manufacturer. Finally, regarding the general soil condition at the site, I am familiar with.the soils in the foothills to the East of Chico, and can certify that a bearing pressure of 1,000 psf is conservative. In conclusion, based on my personal inspection of the box, I certify that is acceptable for its intended use. If any questions arise, please feel free to call. Sincerely, Chris Oliveira L' � rn r� LO Exp. 6-30-98 C1VIv 0.,� \4F CAS-�`_�.Q)'' JOB CHRIS OLIVEIRA & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. - Consulting Engineers CALCULATED BY RCE 33407 'CHECKED BY_ SCALE PRODUCT 201-1(SiNt W&1205-1(Pabedl ®m 1-.. Groton. Mm.01471 to Wei PROBE TOLL FREE 1.800.225.6780 OF DATE DATE cam CHRIS OLIVBIBI IIID ►ssoc�iT�s 75 NATOMA STREET FOLSOM, CA 95630 Ph = s Fax �916�353-0610 916353-0611®oFF G 1V X 12 3 thickened edge ........... . ........ .......................................... ............. .......... V ..... r ............ _........ .........:............. _.........._a 1&'-0" 1. 4' slab over 4' minimum dreg in rocs ;. 10 x 10 X 06 LUU)PIt or f b rmesh 3. 2,000 psi concrete at 20 c lags �. 5et lama or slab level Contf?1uo €s #4 top aril bottom. im thickened stage M-1-nu1f=1*1r=3NT HOUSING .. { C < i ,............ -._ ----- _.... .............. ........_..... ...... . ' 1&'-0" 1. 4' slab over 4' minimum dreg in rocs ;. 10 x 10 X 06 LUU)PIt or f b rmesh 3. 2,000 psi concrete at 20 c lags �. 5et lama or slab level Contf?1uo €s #4 top aril bottom. im thickened stage M-1-nu1f=1*1r=3NT HOUSING CHRIS OLIVEIRA & ASSOCIATES Consulting Engineers RCE 33407 JOB R4 F - rl E r - SHEET NO. OF 7 IQ CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE PROOUGT 204.1 ISho 6Ax-4120541Pa Ml ®e Inc.. Groton, Mass. 01471 To (hot, PHONE TOLL FREE 1.600.2256060 RUF NEK Route 3 Box 416 BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC. Mosley Road Aubrey, Texas 76227 817 365-2200 FAX 817 365-2469 August 7, 1996 Mr. John P. Ryan Westel Holdings 101 Cobb St. Folsom, CA 95630 Dear Mr. Ryan: Per your request we would like to present the following information concerning your Series 100 shelter #2347-2. In addition to the specification sheet, you will also find a copy of the brochure that covered the since discontinued product. Due to the age of this particular shelter, the actual drawings are not in our computer files. This forces us to search through the files and may take a few additional days to locate. You may not be required to obtain additional certification due to the age of the shelter. Please consult with your local authorities and inquire as to a grandfather clause due to the age of the shelter and lack of certification requirements at the time of manufacture. It is a long shot but maybe worth the effort. If new certification is required, the mere fact that the shelter was not recently built may hinder your certification efforts. Please clarify your requirement as to local or state officials and to what extent we can be of service in addition to the attached information. Please feel free to call should you have any further questions. Respectfully submitted, 4- 1 -t4 r Craig S. Hayslip Sales Associate Ruf*Nek Building Systems, Inc. enclosure: - series 100 spec. - series 100 brochure series 100/dtl.ltr SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment.' 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf*Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter . will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. 11. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular with minimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. III. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "1" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 1/4" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-1/8" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 1/4" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-6/8" high density urethane foam ... all panels are reinforced with 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 1/2" per foot for water drainage. 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4" plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre-finish paneling, or - a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: - sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one, completely weather-stripped, mill-finish aluminum door 3070, Z-bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) -Walls - Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) -Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) - Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 lbs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 Ibs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the wall sections. V. REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the Information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be.assigned to a lower evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 1/4" Plywood e Insulation 2 x 4 Reinforcement Studs 1/4" Exterior Wafer Board, Urethane S) F: PC Optional Floor Insulation Vinyl Tile Waterprc Exteric Fiberglas: '7 11 Oji S) F: PC Optional Floor Insulation Vinyl Tile Waterprc Exteric Fiberglas: At Ruf' Nek buildings live up to their name - tough as nails, and versatile enough to be utilized for many applications. They are available in a variety of standard sizes or in any custom configuration you specify. We personally: ,select and use only high quality materials: 'The structural framing is top grade, well seasoned lumber and free of structural faults. The wafer board used in the outer shell,is also'top grade, exterior. Com- ` iriedwithits fibe}ss'arid'olyester fesin, this coating provides durability and strength required to withstand the rugged elements of the arctic or the desert. Ruf' Nek buildings rest on a heavy steel skid, making them strong enough to be transported and delivered to a site, on -shore or off -shore. All steel skids are hot dip galvan- ized after fabrication to afford many years of rust free service. Standard lighting options include fluores- cent or incandescent, and special require- ments can be accommodated by our electri- cal department. All wiring conforms to NEC standards. Several heating and air conditioning op- tions are available. All openings for air con- ditioners or other equipment are "glassed in" to prevent water from entering the wall. The walls are insulated with safe poly- urethane foam giving the best R rating in t�e industry. A wide selection of exterior __.f nishes fan& d6ors en&r 176' ycu io blend- the-°.- Ruf' Nek building aesthetically into any en- vironment. No matter what the need - the Ruf' Nek building with its durability and versatility will solve your shelter problems. �U �"0 k-. 13UILDING COMPANY INC. OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. ft. • Plywood in lieu of on per/sq. ft. Door Checks Spring and Chain - Slide Bar w/ locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. It. Air Conditioner Support Brackets A. C. Service Entrance - 1'/2" CH, LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase - Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets - Duplex r UNIVERSITY DRIVE . LOOP 288 Mff 35E HWY 35W HWY 35 Interior Lights - 48", 40 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats, etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat, hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48=8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect PLANT: BOX 50930 DENTON. TEXAS 76206 H W 817/387-5011 817/387-0557 MAIN OFFICE: ® RUF' NEK 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. O BUILDING WEBSTER, TEXAS 77598 COMPANY, INC. 713/280-0930 At Denton DENTON Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East, then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over lake bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Rut' Nek. h LEWISVILLE From Dallas (Love Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E AIRPORT North on 35E to Denton FT. WORTH From DFW Airport North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at Lewis - DALLAS ville). North on 35E to Denton. (LOVE FIELD) CHRIS OLIVEIRA & ASSOC. Consulting Engineers RCE 33407 STRUCTURAL DESIGN PLANNING CIVIL ENGINEERING 75 Natoma Street, Suite A Folsom, CA 95630 (916) 353-0610 Fax (916) 353-0611 April 17, 1997 G Lc.74 Building Inspection Division Subject: Equipment Housing for Westsite Chico Dear Sir: I have visually inspected the box which serves as the equipment housing for the Westsite Chico installation. In my opinion, because it does not constitute a habitable structure (i.e., no plumbing, windows, ventilation, etc), and is not permanently set on a foundation, it should not be subject to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. However, in the interest of safety, I wanted to be sure that it could not overturn under the influence of a high wind or seismic event. I have done the overturning calculations, (attached for your review) and have concluded that the box is stable under any kind of lateral load. I have also included a foundation drawing of a pad on which this box will be set. I have discussed the construction of the box with the manufacturer and am convinced that, given the long history of these boxes without any type of structural failure, the box is more than adequate for the use intended by the owner. I have included the documentation provided by the manufacturer. Finally, regarding the general soil condition at the site, I am familiar with the soils in the foothills to the East of Chico, and can certify that a bearing pressure of 1,000 psf is conservative. In conclusion, based on my personal inspection of the box, I certify that is acceptable for its intended use. If any questions arise, please feel free to call. Sincerely, Chris eira J � �? C33407 UJ t.� a= Exp. 6.30.98 (P�q� C1V1��� 2 �F, 4F C A1.�. CHRIS OLIVEIRA & ASSOCIATES Consulting Engineers RCE 33407 JOB SHEET NO. CALCULATED BY, CHECKED BY_ SCALE rem DATE DATE N1=1204 -1(S412 Shell) 20'r1(F`Wd) ®® Inc.. Gmtm. Mass. 0tlF1. 10010et PHONE FOLL FREE 1800225.6380 75 NATOMA STREET FOLSOM, CA 95630 Ph(916)353-0610 Fax (916)353-0611 12' ?t' 12' thickened edge . t9pica1 ................... ...:................................ ............. ............ ....,...... .................... .... .4' E........... .............. `�_.... ............... .......:.. :......� 161-0n UNL T, 'q rlj--Al l NO E61 1. 4' 51ab over 4' minim um clr6ln rOCK 2,000 psi concret s at 2b days 4. rapt top or slab level a. Cat°ttf?iucus 04 top and bottom, in 11.jnickenC6 edge EQUIPMENT HOUSING :.. __......._.. ............. 161-0n UNL T, 'q rlj--Al l NO E61 1. 4' 51ab over 4' minim um clr6ln rOCK 2,000 psi concret s at 2b days 4. rapt top or slab level a. Cat°ttf?iucus 04 top and bottom, in 11.jnickenC6 edge EQUIPMENT HOUSING lei . 161-0n UNL T, 'q rlj--Al l NO E61 1. 4' 51ab over 4' minim um clr6ln rOCK 2,000 psi concret s at 2b days 4. rapt top or slab level a. Cat°ttf?iucus 04 top and bottom, in 11.jnickenC6 edge EQUIPMENT HOUSING CHRIS OLIVEIRA-& ASSOCIATES Consulting Engineers RCE 33407 JOB i,) 4 r - I'i �- SHEET NO. OF -17 CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE PRODUCT 204.10 mcosm'1(PFd1®0 t • Gluten• 64155.01411.100*1 PRONE TOLL FREE 1800.226 6360 RuFMiNEK Route 3. Box 416 BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC. Mosley Road Aubrey, Texas 76227 817 365-2200 FAX 817 365-2469 August 7, 1996 Mr. John P. Ryan Westel Holdings 101 Cobb St. Folsom, CA 95630 Dear Mr. Ryan: Per your request we would like to present the following information concerning your Series 100 shelter #2347-2. In addition to the specification sheet, you will also find a copy of the brochure that covered the since discontinued product. Due to the age of this particular shelter, the actual drawings are not in our computer files. This forces us to search through the files and may take a few additional days to locate. You may not be required to obtain additional certification due to the age of the shelter. Please consult with your local authorities and inquire as to a grandfather clause due to the age of the shelter and lack of certification requirements at the time of manufacture. It is a long shot but may be worth the effort. If new certification is required, the mere fact that the shelter was not recently built may hinder your certification efforts. Please clarify your requirement as to local or state officials and to what extent we can be of service in addition to the attached information. Please feel free to call should you have any further questions. Respectfully submitted, r r Craig S, Hayslip Sales Associate Ruf*Nek Building. Systems, Inc. enclosure: - series 100 spec. - series 100 brochure series100/dtl.ltr SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment. 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf*Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. II. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular with minimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. I11. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "1" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 114" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-118" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 114" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-6/8" high density urethane foam...all panels are reinforced with . 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 1/2" per foot for water drainage. 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4" plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre -finish paneling, or -. a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: -sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one, completely weather-stripped, mill -finish aluminum door 3070, Z -bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. . INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) - Walls - Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) - Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) "Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 lbs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 lbs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the Wall sections. V: REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be assigned to a lower. evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 W.' Tounge & Groove Panel Connections optional Insulation AALI Floor Vinyl Tile Waterprc !�" Exteri( 1/4" Plywood Urethane Insulation ............. ......... zT. . LN W.' Tounge & Groove Panel Connections optional Insulation AALI Floor Vinyl Tile Waterprc !�" Exteri( Ruf' Nek buildings live up to their name - tough as nails, and versatile enough to be utilized for many applications. They are available in a variety of'standard sizes or in any custom configuration you specify. We personally select and use only high quality materials.:' a structural framing is top grade, well seasoned lumber and free of structural faults. The wafer board used in the o ter shell ,is alsq,Jop. grade exterior. Com- 1ried-with"qts"fibecls arid`polyester resin, this coating provides durability and strength required to withstand the rugged elements of the arctic or the desert. Ruf' Nek. buildings. rest on a heavy steel skid, making them strong enough to be transported and delivered to a site, on -shore or off -shore. All steel skids are hot dip galvan- ized after fabrication. to afford many years of rust free service. Standard lighting options include fluores- cent or incandescent, and special require- ments can be accommodated by our electri- cal department. All wiring conforms to NEC standards. Several heating and air conditioning op- tions are available. All openings for air con- ditioners or other equipment are "glassed in" to prevent water from entering the wall. The walls are insulated- with safe poly- urethane foam giving the best R rating in t e industry. A wide selection of exterior _..f. nishes�tand"d8ors endlofb-' to blend--the--- Ruf' Nek building. aesthetically into any en- vironment. No matter what the need - the Ruf' Nek building with its durability and versatility will solve your shelter problems. OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or. removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. It. Plywood in lieu of 1/4" on per/sq. ft. Door Checks - Spring and Chain - Slide Bar w/locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch - Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. It. Air Conditioner Support Brackets A. C. Service Entrance - P/2" CH. LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets - Duplex HWY 35W in, FT. WORTH UNIVERSITY DRIVE HWY 380 A a LOOP d 288 O HWY 35E HWY 35 Interior Lights - 48", 40 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar 'Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats, etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat, hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48=8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect ® RUR' NEK BUILDING COMPANY, INC. NI102.0 COM01M, IMG PLANT: BOX 50930 DENTON. TEXAS 76206 817/387-5011 817/387-0557 MAIN OFFICE: 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. WEBSTER, TEXAS 77598 713/280-0930 DENTON At Denton Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East. then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over lake bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Rut' Nek. LEWISVILLE From Dallas (Love Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E AIRPORT North on 35E to Denton From DFW Airport DALLAS North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at Lewis - (LOVE FIELD) ville). North on 35E to Denton. G h iGo — Te %mow N /20. - T I (Z,ol'oSED loo' noW61C i � n°/1NSloN EQulP. 8«Y,. . 6' TAX PA30 I kG , un►rr PROanED zo'xIo' rata /PENT ave. 1XY'GONCRETE -j/ SP&P i -ENTRY IROPo3ED D84.6' 9 U GArEStFErocE fkoPOSED 6"CL FENCE W 3 517t�WD 0,40 WIRE �. , l � 6s'x /to'PER LKETER 5'3' Gvuve ftaace 7a nree�' ,. • W 3 W v�W M V �r Wti o� L b o J U3t-z r � v o LAND OF NATURAL WEALTH AND BEAU `( Westsite Wireless BUILDING DIVISION '3436 American River Drive 7 COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES CENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 Sacramento, CA 85864 TELEPHONE: 1916) 536-7541 i FAX: (916) 538-2140 Re: Communication Tower and Building Date: 2/18/97 t A. -P. No. 011-040-027 Permit #97-0173 & #97-0174 With reference to the above subject, attached is: [x] Plan Check List [ ] Red Marked Calculations [ ] Red Marked Plans [-x] Other: - Special Inspection Policy Sheet - CDF Fire Safe Requirements Action Required: [x] Comply with plan check list [x] Resubmit Plans with revisions as requested [x] Resubmit calculations with revisions as requested [ ] Return originally submitted material Should you have any questions, don't hesitate to contact me at (916) 538-7541 Monday through Thursday between 1:00 PM and 4:00 PM. Sincerely, P"eorge R. Kellogg Plan Check Engine cc: Gary R. der Microflect 3575 25th Street SE Salem, OR 97302 y PLAN CHECKLIST Permit Applicant: Westsite Wireless Date: 2/18/97 /et 7 Permit #97-0173 & 97-0174 �-:>T t LL. N �� 1 I F=mµ -S Plans for the above referenced project were reviewed by this office. Please provide additional information and/or make revisions to plans, specifications, or calculations as follows: Communications Tower, Permit #97-0174: Provide design calculations for the following: Ar -Tower welds Tower connegtions including bolts and flange plates for the followi Ids Tower connections including bolts, flange and base plates Meet the requirements of the special inspection policy sheet attached. Provide the name or names of the special inspectors you intent to use. Provide verification that soil type is normal as assumed by the calculations. Indicate how tower fabricator is meeting the requirements of the identification system requirements of Section 2202.2 of the Uniform Building Code (UBC). Provide a site plan which provides: a6—<Lplete parcel size and dimensions. 6 \)Setbacks, sideyards, easements, etc. �3) Other buildings and structures. Provide verifications of valuation. 8� Obtain approval for the project from Butte County H h and pndepartments. E Meet the requirements of the attached CDF Fire Safe Requirements including those for Property line setbacks. Communications Building, Permit #97-0173: Provide complete engineering for the communication building unless it meets the requirements of the California Commercial Coach Program; under Title 25 in which case provide the approval number and insignia number. Provide an engineered foundation design which accounts for the site soil conditions. Meet the requirements of the attached CDF Fire Safe Requirements including those for Property line setbacks. Obtain approval for the project from Butte, Coun �ealthplannin epp ments. Lai114tS c.nouI-Lp iter- o r2 ►�- IM►N Zku-.) ► c�C� I �Id�cr.:v — �kw i �� G -- �S� � 7 � tit k� i ► � 2 i= (�=�TI oN ?Zoo V t> r� I,.t7c' Cawt--:t,�,,-L :S 1 kvA GP 4 3 TO: Building Department FROM: Environmental Health SE o Pht Phu Fbw Pbs s=t to H.D. ,� a SUBJECT: Sanitation Clearance S) fdo A'S L101i Rd. Owner Location AP# Plan Approved for: Sewage Disposal Water Supply: Public Private Well Clearance for . Other O Hold final for: Final clearanceII O.K. for: NOTE: N n n Id AAA t P%.G ,/h � ld4 . r.. v Environmental th Specialist 2/Q7 ,,. �13131f1Y3d,ozl x S'l a� 3vIh1 Meg at*'a s' f m 3')N3.d 72,9 O.7SOdOYJ a�aa�� s31v� ,9 780 aasad� Environmental Health . MAY 1 9 1997 Chico, Califomia .9f .{Y1N34 doQls 3i3217N07, A'V 130791N3JIJ ,orx,or 034 j 9tY9 IYl,9 'X179 JINb3 NOI31RYA43 +} Y�/no1, uOl Qascady ,o/.r,oz 71�11N310� � ,cL va2 )W -A 12- L. 0, crrtj& A �- T4T�Y_.4�. i�tvIPM�NT 'i+DGA'rlvT15 ADDROVED W.. =01 I =- M Environ ental MHealth AY 1 9 1997 ChiCo, alifo I nia RUQ- PJB GK -tQ� i�PNtiErIT �H�LTEf2 Z C ADDROVED W.. =01 I =- M Environ ental MHealth AY 1 9 1997 ChiCo, alifo I nia RUQ- PJB GK -tQ� i�PNtiErIT �H�LTEf2 MAY 19 1997 Chico, California BUTTE COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND EMMISSIONS QUESTIONNAIRE (A Building Permit cannot be approved without this completed form.) c? 11—/73 BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER ` 7 APN �`' — G 40 `0- 7 Firm Name ����<< ��/Y .��y� :20LeL ii Address 717. Nature of Business Contact Person Phone # -� 1. Does your business or that of your tennants handle, store, or transport hazardous materials? IXNO ❑ YES NOTE: Hazardous materials are defined as any material that, because of its quantity, concentration, or physical or chemical characteristics, poses a significant present or potential hazard to human health and.safety or to the evironment if released into the the workplace or the environment. "Hazardous Materials" include, but are not limited to, hazardous chemicals, hazardous waste, paints, oils, lubricants, fuels, flammables, combustibles, corrosives, gases, and any material which a handler or the administering agency has a reasonable basis for believing to be injurious to the health and safety of persons or harmful to the environment if released. 2. Do you or will your future tenants handle store, or transport 55 gallons, 500 pounds, or 200 cubic feet (at standard temperature 4 pressure), or formulation containing hazardous material? )KNO ❑ YES If you answered YES to 1 or 2, contact the Butte County Environmemtal Health Department (916-538-7281) for a review of the project. 3. Is the business/facility/operation to be located within 1000 feet or the outer boundry of a school or ool site? ANO ❑ YES IF YES, name of school. 4. Does the business/facility/operation have the potential to emit any air pollutants; e.g., dust, soot, odors, fumes, vapors, or other volatile compounds? ❑ NO AYES d_L,� j ('�✓C� _(O ----> — (r—w P-V2-Afx-_i ► ►-� N�i�(2 IF YES, contact the Butte County Air Pollution Control District (916-891-2882) for permit requirements. Owner or Authorized Company Representative ( t re) (Da tel BCEHD BCAPCD ❑ ❑ The applicant has met or is meeting the applicable requirements of Section 25505, 25533, and 25534 of the Health and Safety Code and the requirements for a permit from the Butte County Air Pollution Control District. The Above,Regulationz Do Not Apply To This Facility. BCEHD Signature. Date 20 BCAPCD Signature Date -SlY WHITE- Building Dept ❑ YELLOW- Env.,Health 11 PINK - APCD O. GOLDENROD- Fire Dept. r ` r - BUTTE COUNTY SCHOOLS IMPACT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM (One Form Per Building) School District Building Department No. A.P. Number 0/1 -ON -D� � Jurisdiction: City County Property Owner id )eStg e ��(lee- 16SS Property Location/Address Subdivison Lot No. Residential Development 0 0 Sq. Footage No. of Living r 11 W Addition (Group R) Units/' haw, h ;.-� 1,ons ld Commercial/Industrial Sq. Footage ew Addition (Including Exterior Roofed Areas) (2uo :A ?h 19 Building Department Representative Date (Floor Plans reviewed by School District Personnel) District Identification No. 2,90-?,;L� School District certifies that has complied with the requirements of Resolution No representing square feet. School District Representative 9/lam R5 (Phone Number) (Zip Code) 96 by payment of $ AB 2926 $ PULL MITIGATION $ Date Paid by Check # AM Remarks: Bank Number Paid by Cash ` If, subsequent to the School District Representative signing this Butte County Schools Impact Fee Certification Form, the School District is notified by the applicable Local Planning Agency that this project is being reviewed under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this project may be subject to additional school fees to fully mitigate its impact on the school district's schools. White (applicant), Yellow (building department), Pink (school district) teeform.wk, („isa)dmm r AWh@MMff@y SHT. 1 OF 1 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEKOR 97302 (503)363-9267 FAX (503)363-4613 TRANSMITTAL MEMORANDUM - To R 8 B TELECOM 3436 AMERICAN RIVER DRIVE SUITE 2 SACRAMENTO, CA 95864-5715 Attention MR. JOHN RYAN S.O. 39399 Date 17JAN97 Project 32-1-700-80' TOWER 5,� CHICO ONE, CA Customer We are sending® the following: Prints Tracings [ 1:1 7 Documents 1:1 Oty Drawing Number Rev ,.. Description s• r 4 B-95685 Stress analysis for a 32-1-700-80' tower Certified by a P.E. registered in the State of California (G.R.R) 4 B-59847 Slab foundation layout If material received is not as listed above, please notify us at once. MICROFLECT COMPANY, INC, ❑ First Class Mail ❑ Express Mail N Federal Express ❑ �jwj JKP1 ❑ SOS ❑ ECO Zhong Li Customer copy Engineering file Reading file VALMONT . .. MICROFLECT Quality Assurance Program Microf/ect MICROFLECT CO., INC. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM (PER MIL -I -45208A) ICBO-ES, REPORT NO. FA -350 CITY OF LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA, LICENSE NO. 1530 SPECIFICATIONS AND PROVISIONS FOR THE INSPECTION SYSTEM USED BY MICROFLECT CO., INC. MANUFACTURING PLANT LOCATED IN SALEM, OREGON 1.1 A ' , '� I ht714 i d T. Semke (JqFm F. Grotvik [icrowave Tower Division uality Assurance Manager General Manager Michael A. Givens ant Su t nt Jo e n Di ision anager Professional Services Industries, Inc. October 29, 1996 Controlled Copy No. Non -Controlled Copy Recognized by The International Conference of Building Officials - Evaluation Services, Inc. (ICBG -ES) January 1994 Licensed as Type 1, Fabricator City of Los Angeles, California, Department of Building and Safety February 28, 1996 P L A N T A D D R E S S T E L E C O M M U N I C A T I O N S MAILING ADDRESS 3575 25th Street SE Telephone (503) 363-9267 P.O. Box 12985 Salem, Oregon 97302-1190 FAX (503) 363-4613 Salem OR USA 97309-0985 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program REVISION HISTORY: (1) Prepared July 17, 1968 (2) Revised January 5, 1978 (3) Revised July 20, 1978 (4) Revised August 18, 1978 (5) Revised September 5, 1985 (6) Revised February 6, 1986 (7) Revised July 9, 1987 (8) Revised February 25, 1988 (9) Revised April 8, 1988 (10) Revised June 22, 1988 (11) Revised January 11, 1989 (12) Revised May 31, 1989 (13) Revised March 1, 1991 (14) Revised April 19, 1991 (15) Revised April 23, 1991 (16) Revised September 6, 1991 (17) Revised January 3, 1992 (18) Revised April 6, 1992 (19) Revised February 12, 1993 (20) Revised March 24, 1993 (21) Revised November 1, 1993 (22) Revised February 17, 1994 (23) Revised June 5, 1995 (24) Revised October 29, 1996 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program CONTENTS: PREFACE.............................................................................................1 SECTION1.0 GENERAL............................................................................................2 1.1 Policy.....................................................................................................2 1.2 Changes, Revisions and Addendum......................................................2 1.3 Organizational Chart (Figure 1).............................................................3 SECTION 2.0 INSPECTION PROCEDURES..........................................................2 2.1 General...................................................................................................2 2.2 Inspection Points....................................................................................2 2.3 Receiving Inspection..............................................................................4 2.4 Fabrication Inspection.............. 2.5 Inspection of Sub -Assemblies and Assemblies .....................................6 2.6 Special Processes Inspection ...................: 2.7 Final Inspection......................................................................................7 2.8 Government Furnished Materials..........................................................7 2.9 Galvanizing Process Inspection.............................................................8 2.10 Corrective Action...................................................................................8 SECTION 3.0 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT........................................8 3.1 Tool and Gage Inspection.......:..............................................................8 SECTION 4.0 CONTRACT MANAGEMENT.........................................................9 SECTION 5.0 ENGINEERING.................................................................................10 5.1 Engineering Design..............................................................................10 SECTION 6.0 DRAWING, SPECIFICATION, INSTRUCTION, AND CHANGE CONTROL......:..................................................................................10 6.1 Notification Methods...........................................................................10 6.2 Change Execution................................................................................10 SECTION 7.0 IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY..................................11 SECTION 8.0 STORAGE AND PRESERVATION...............................................11 8.1 Shelf -Life Materials............:................................................................11 SECTION 9.0 PACKAGING AND CRATING FACILITIES...............................11 9.1 Transportation......................................................................................12 SECTION10.0 TESTING............................................................................................12 10.1 First Article Inspection........................................................................12 10.2 Incoming Material Testing...................................................................12 10.3 Pre -Production Order...........................................................................12 10.4 Production Order..................................................................................12 ii Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program CONTENTS: continued SECTION 11.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASE - (GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS)...................................................................................12 11.1 Purchase Order Content.......................................................................12 11.2 Government Access.............................................................................12 SECTION 12.0 CONTROL OF NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL....................13 12.1 Segregation of Materials......................................................................13 12.2 Disposition of Non -Conforming Material...........................................13 12.3 Material Requiring Repair...................................................................13 SECTION 13.0 FABRICATION TOLERANCES....................................................13 13.1..............................................................................................................13 13.2..............................................................................................................14 SECTION 14.0 PROPERTY AND BUILDING LAYOUT.......................................14 SECTION 15.0 WELDING..........................................................................................14 15.1 Welder Certification.............................................................................14 15.2 Weld Material Certifications................................................................14 15.3 Procedure Certifications.......................................................................14 15.4 Welding Documentation......................................................................16 15.5 Weld Repair Procedures.......................................................................16 SECTION 16.0 VENDOR CERTIFICATION...........................................................16 16.1 Historical Experience...........................................................................16 16.2 Review of Goods and Services Received............................................16 16.3 Specifications.......................................................................................16 SECTION 17.0 ICBO EVALUATION PROGRAM.................................................17 17.1 Compliance Inspection.........................................................................17 17.2 Compliance Requirements...................................................................17 17.3 Examination Rights..............................................................................17 APPENDIX1......................................................................................18 APPENDIX2......................................................................................19 FIGURE1.............................................................................................3 PROPERTY LAYOUT.....................................................................15 TABLE1...............................................................................................5 TABLE2.............................................................................................20 TABLE3.............................................................................................21 lli Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program CONTENTS: continued EXAMPLES INSPECTION FORMS IF1: Receiving & Inspection Report IF2: Post Fabrication Inspection Report IF3: Engineering Action Request IF4: Packing List &Final Inspection IF5: Completion Notice IF6: Monthly Calibration Report IF7: Work4n-Process Inspection Form IF8: Monthly Shelf Life Report IF9: Standard Work Order Completion/Inspection Report IF10: Customer Satisfaction Improvement Form IF11: Galvanizing Inspection Form . PROCEDURES PF1: Inspection Procedure: Welded Items PF2: Inspection Procedure: Non -Welded Items PF3: Inspection Procedure: Final Item PF5: Procedure for Identification of Structural Steel PF6: Procedure for Welders Certifications and Welding Procedures PF6A: Procedures for Typical Welds Used PF7: Defective Weld Repair Procedure PF8: Inspection Procedure: Received Item PF9: Inspection Procedure: Fastener Sampling PF10: Inspection Procedure: Galvanizing PF11: Inspection Procedure: Waveguide Entry Water Tightness PF12: Inspection Procedure: Panel Inspection and Data Flatness Sheet Quality Control Procedures: Utilized During ICBO Compliance Inspection iv Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program CONTENTS: continued TRACKING FORMS TF1: Certification - Heat List for Work Order Parts TF2: Non -Conforming Material (red tag) SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION QAP-S 1: Current List of AWSD1.1 Qualified Welders QAP-S2: Master List of Calibrated Equipment and Templates STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURES SRP -1: Repair Procedure - Mismarked Parts SRP -2: Repair Procedure - Misloaded/Mis-sized Holes SRP -3: Repair Procedure - Damaged Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings SRP -4: Repair Procedure - Notches & Gauges in Thermal Cut Surfaces SRP -5: Repair Procedure - Flanges v Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program PREFACE It is our belief that the ability to continuously produce quality products is imperative to successfully compete in the national and international marketplace. We believe that the path to quality is not through inspection. Quality begins with a good design and we believe the best design is often the simplest design. The ability to economically manufacture and install the product well is as important as the design itself. The Microflect Quality Assurance Program (QAP) outlined on the following pages emphasizes the formal inspection procedures we follow. These procedures are only a small portion of the Microflect quality process. Every Microflect employee is part of our quality program. Every employee is responsible for the quality of the products they receive and produce. The quality of the product is equally important whether it is an incoming sales order, an engineering drawing, a packing list, or a customer invoice. 1 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program SECTION 1: GENERAL 1.1 Policy: It is the policy of Microflect Company, Inc. to provide and maintain an inspection system that will assure that all products and services provided conform to Microflect standards, Industry standards and Customer contract requirements, whether manufactured or processed by Microflect Company, Inc. or procured from subcontractors or vendors. 1.2 Changes. Revisions and Addendum: Any change to the system of inspection requested by a customer and agreed to by Microflect, will be submitted to the customer's representative, in writing, for acceptability. Any such changes will, at the discretion of Microflect Co. Inc., either be incorporated into the QAP as a permanent revision or as an addendum. Addendums will only be in effect for the duration of the specific customer contract. 1.3 Organizational Chart: See Figure 1 SECTION 2: INSPECTION PROCEDURES 2.1 General: The following inspection observations will be made and recorded when applicable: 2.1.1 Nature of Inspection Observation 2.1.2 Number of Observations Made 2.1.3 Number of Deficiencies Found 2.1.4 Type of Deficiencies Found 2.1.5 Quantities Approved 2.1.6 Quantities Rejected and the Nature of Corrective Action 2.2 Inspection Points: Standard inspection points are those listed below. 2.2.1 Marketing Department Contract requirements 2.2.2 Engineering Department Drawings and drawing revisions 2.2.3 Material Receiving Areas Incoming material inspection 2.2.4 Manufacturing Shops In -Process and post fabrication inspection 2.2.5 Manufacturing Shops Assembly and sub -assembly inspection 2.2.6 Shipping Areas Assembly and sub -assembly inspection, final and pre - shipment inspection Fastener Division General Manager Microflect Co., Inc. Quality Assurance Organizational Chart - Figure 1 GratingType name here Division General Manager Microflect Co., Inc. President Microwave Tower Division General Manager Incoming Conformance Inspectors Quality Assurance Manager Asst. Quality Assurance Manager Material Certification Inspectors Head Manufacturing Inspector Manufacturing In -Process Inspectors Final Conformance Inspectors Microfiect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 2.3 Receiving Inspection: Personnel responsible for inspection of incoming materials are as follows: Quality Assurance Manager (or delegate) Incoming Conformance Inspectors Inspection of all received materials will be documented on the RECEIVING & INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF1. Criteria for approval and rejection of the material(s) is included on procedure from PF8. 2.3.1 Non -Conforming Material: Non -conforming material will be managed in accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 11. 2.3.2 Structural Grade Materials: All structural grade materials are to be purchased with Material Test Reports (MTR). When delivered, these materials will be classified as "non -approved" until the MTR documents have been received and reviewed. MTR's in conformance with appropriate specifications are to be initialed and dated, in ink, by the reviewing inspector. Conforming material can be placed in inventory after completion of the RECEIVING & INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF1. Conforming raw materials will be marked in accordance with the guidelines of procedures PF5. Non- conforming materials must be tagged using the NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2 and kept separate from "approved" and "non - approved" materials. Final disposition of non -conforming materials will be determined by Engineering and Quality personnel. 2.3.3 Non -Standard Materials Inspection: Laboratory verification of chemical and mechanical properties will be done when specifically required by contract. Test samples will be cut from incoming materials. Material lots being tested will be temporarily tagged "non -approved". After test results have been received and reviewed by Engineering and Quality personnel, the material lot will either be returned to "approved" raw material inventory or tagged using the NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form T72. Material tagged as non -conforming will be managed in accordance with Section 11. 2.3.4 Fastener Inspection Sampling: Receiving inspections for fasteners will use the inspection sample sizes listed in Table 1. Inspection criteria for fasteners listed in Procedures Form PF9. 4 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program FASTENER INSPECTION SAMPLING PROCEDURE (in accordance with MIL -STD -105E) Normal inspection Inspection level: S-4 Acceptable quality level = 0.40 CODE SAMPLE DEFECTS LOT SIZE LETTER SIZE ALLOWED 2-> 8 A 2 0 9-> 15 A 2 0 16 - > 25 B 3 0 26-> 50 C 5 0 51 -> 90 C 5 0 91 -> 150 D 8 0 151 - > 280 E 13 0 281 - > 500 E 13 0 501 - > 1,200 F 20 0 1,201 - > 3,200 G .32 0 3,201 - > 10,000 G 32 0 10,001 - > 35,000 H 50 0 35,001 - > 150,000 1 80 1 150,001 - > 500,000 1 80 1 500,000------------> K 125 1 TABLE 1 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 2.4 Fabrication Inspection: Personnel responsible for inspection of fabrication processes are as follows: Quality Assurance Manager Head Manufacturing Inspector Manufacturing In -Process Inspectors Observations and deficiencies are to be reported on WORK -IN -PROCESS INSPECTION/CUTTING LIST REPORT, Form IF7 and/or ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST, Form IF3, and conform to the items under Section 2, Sub- sections 2.1.1 through 2.1.6 of this program. Criteria for approval and rejection of the fabricated items is included on procedure forms PFI (welded items) and PF2 (non -welded items). 2.4.1 Dimensional inspection will be done to the standard Microflect tolerances listed in Section 12 unless otherwise stated on the fabrication drawings. 2.4.2. Parts with dimensions exceeding specified tolerances, are to be tagged using the NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2, and reported to the Engineering and Quality Department for final disposition. 2.4.3 Completed inspection reports listed below are to be given to the Quality Assurance Manager for filing: IF2 ---- POST FABRICATION INSPECTION REPORT IF3 ---- ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST IF4 ---- FINAL INSPECTION REPORT IF7 ---- WORK IN -PROCESS INSPECTION/CUTTING LIST IF9 ---- STANDARD W.O. COMPLETION/INSPECTION REPORT IF10 ---- CUSTOMER SATISFACTION IMPROVEMENT TF1 ---- CERT -HEAT LIST FOR WORK ORDER PARTS 2.5 Inspection of Sub -Assemblies and Assemblies: Personnel responsible for inspection of assemblies and sub -assemblies are as follows: Quality Assurance Manager Chief Engineer Head Manufacturing Inspector Assembly and sub -assembly inspection may be performed to ensure product quality and conformance. When done, the inspection method and/or procedure will be appropriate for the particular item being inspected. 2.6 Special Process Inspection: Special process inspection may be required by contract or may be necessary because of the nature of the product. 6 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 2.6.1 Special process inspection of items such as painting preservation, packing and marking are under the inspection system outlined in this program. Personnel responsible for inspection of special processes are as follows: Quality Assurance Manager Head Manufacturing Inspector Manufacturing In -Process Inspectors 2.6.2 Special process inspection and handling are required over and above the standard requirements, called out in The Microflect Quality Assurance Program, for projects being erected under the jurisdiction of the City of Los Angeles -- Department of Building and Safety. Please refer to "Appendix 2", in the back of this manual. 2.7 Final Inspection: Record of the finished product inspection will be documented on PACKING LIST & FINAL INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF4 and/or STANDARD W.O. INSPECTION/COMPLETION REPORT, Form IF9. Criteria for approval and rejection is included on procedure form PF3. 2.7.1 Final Inspection: Personnel responsible for final inspection are as follows: Quality Assurance Manager Head Manufacturing Inspector 2.7.2 Customer's Representative: When.required by contract, documentation of product acceptance by the customer's representative(s) will be obtained before shipment. 2.8 Government Furnished Materials: 2.8.1 All government furnished materials will be examined upon receipt, consistent with practicability, to detect damage in transit. 2.8.2 The inspection will include an inventory of all parts for completeness and correctness. Any discrepancies, including a Microflect determined probable cause, will be recorded and reported back to the government source. 2.8.3 Periodic inspections will be done to guard against damage from handling and deterioration during storage. The frequency of periodic inspections will be as is appropriate for each individual item. 2.8.4 Functional testing, where appropriate to verify satisfactory operation, will be done after installation or use or as required by contract. 7 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 2.8.5 All equipment will be clearly marked as "Government Furnished Equipment" and protected from improper use or disposition. 2.9 Galvanizing Process Inspection: Personnel responsible for the inspection of galvanizing processes are as follows: Plant Superintendent (or delegate) Quality Assurance Manager (or delegate) Receiving inspection will be performed to verify galvanizing condition. 2.9.1 Fasteners will be sampled and inspected to Procedure Form PF9. 2.9.2 Structural tower components will be sampled and inspected to PF10. 2.10 Corrective Action: If inspection problems are encountered, they will be documented on "ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST" Form IF3. External problems will be documented on "CUSTOMER SATISFACTION IMPROVEMENT" Form IF10. Corrective action will besought and completed if required. SECTION 3: MEASURING AND TEST EOUIPMENT 3.1 Tool and Gage Inspection: Microflect Company, Inc. will provide and maintain gages and other measuring devices in accordance with MIL -STD -45662A. In order to assure continued accuracy of parts, sub -assemblies and assemblies, established intervals of calibration will be recorded as part of the quality assurance procedure. Responsibility for measuring and testing procedures is given to the following personnel: Quality Assurance Manager 3.1.1 All equipment requiring periodic calibration is listed in the MASTER LIST OF CALIBRATED EQUIPMENT AND TEMPLATES, Form QAP- S2. 3.1.2 Monthly inspection and observations are recorded on MONTHLY CALIBRATION REPORT, Form IF6. 3.1.3 Calibration of inspection gages shall be traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. E Microfiect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 3.1.3.1 All master gages will be calibrated, at the intervals established on the MASTER LIST OF CALIBRATED EQUIPMENT AND TEMPLATES, Form QAP-S2, by outside professional testing/calibration organizations. 3.1.3.2 Production control standards will be calibrated, at the intervals. established on the MASTER LIST OF CALIBRATED EQUIPMENT AND TEMPLATES, Form QAP-S2, by either the Head Manufacturing Inspector, the Tool and Die Maker, or their delegate. 3.1.3.3 Working tape measures will be calibrated to the production control standards on the first workday of each week. 3.1.3.4 Calibration by Microfiect personnel will be done at the same ambient temperature conditions as that of the standard. The results of the calibration will be recorded and dated. If a device is not calibrated by the time of it's expiration date, it will be tagged "out of service" and will not be used until calibration has been performed, and documented. Any devices that are not within tolerances will be removed from production areas. If a device is found to be out of calibration, all affected material and/or devices will be re -inspected for conformance. 3.1.3.5 Calibration tolerances of precision instruments will be to the values recommended by the instrument manufacturer. 3.1.4 Inspection of fixtures will be done to standard shop tolerances as outlined in Section 12.. Inspection of templates will be done to engineering drawing dimensions +/— 1/32" unless otherwise stated on the engineering drawings. SECTION 4: CONTRACT MANAGEMENT Contracts will be administered by either a dedicated Contract/Project Manager or engineering personnel. Delegation of administration responsibility will be done by Company management at the initiation of the contract. If specific delegation is not made, contract management responsibility will be assumed by the Chief Engineer or his delegate. - 9 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program SECTION 5: ENGINEERING Management of all engineering functions will be done under the direction of the Chief Engineer. 5.1 Engineering Design: All engineering design will be done in accordance with appropriate customer specifications, industry standards and Microflect standards. SECTION 6: DRAWING SPECIFICATION. INSTRUCTION AND CHANGE CONTROL The inspection system of Microflect Company, Inc. will provide for procedures which will assure the latest applicable drawings, specifications and instructions required by the contract. Authorized changes to the items considered and to those used for fabrication, inspection and testing are also provided for under these procedures. 6.1 Notification Methods: 6.1.1 Fabrication Drawings: Upon finding discrepancies in manufacture, fabricators will cease production pending a problem resolution by engineering. 6.1.2 Notification: Notification will be given by use of ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST, Form IF3. 6.2 Change Execution: 6.2.1 Change execution will be in accordance with ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST, Form IF3. 6.2.2 All revised drawings are marked "Revised" and show the date of the revision, the initials of the individual making the revision, and a brief description of the revision. Upper level drawings, which bear the revision date of subtier drawings, will carry the revision date of the latest drawing package approval. 6.2.3 Revised drawings will be supplied to Manufacturing and/or Purchasing Departments with instructions to destroy obsolete revisions. The Purchasing Department will transmit these items and instructions to subtier suppliers. 10 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program SECTION 7: IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY All finished components are indent stamp marked with either a numeric or an alpha numeric identification number. This number ensures part traceability to the structures installation drawings. SECTION 8: STORAGE AND PRESERVATION Storage prior to shipment will be under cover when deemed necessary for proper preservation. Wooden crates that are stored outside will be covered against the weather when deemed necessary to preserve the contents. 8.1 Shelf -Life Materials: Shelf -life materials are defined as materials who functionality will significantly deteriorate, solely through aging, within two years of receipt, and/or materials whose functionality will degrade if they have been left open and exposed to open air. 8. 1.1 Shelf -life materials will be inspected at monthly intervals for the following items: A. Part number B. Part description C. Shelf -life status The MONTHLY SHELF -LIFE INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF8, will be used to document actual inspection results, dates and inspectors. 8.1.2 Materials for re -sale: Purchased materials intended for re -sale will be marked with the date of receipt. All items will be used in a first -in -first - out manner. No item will be sold if less than 20% of the manufacturer's stated shelf life remains. 8.1.3 Materials for in-house consumption: Purchased materials used as manufacturing consumables -will be marked with the date of receipt. All items will be used in a first -in -first -out manner. No item will be used after the expiration of its functional life. SECTION 9: PACKAGING AND CRATING FACILITIES Crating and packaging will be performed as required by contract and will be properly marked for shipment. 11 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 9.1 Transportation: Unless specified within the contract, Microflect Company, Inc. will choose the method of transportation that will be most expedient while considering the protection and preservation of the product and the cost of transportation. SECTION 10: TESTING For the type of products manufactured by Microflect Co. Inc., formal testing is not typically required. 10.1 First Article Inspection: First article inspection (FA1), when required by contract, is done at the Salem plant in accordance with the contract requirements. 10.2 Incoming Material Testing: See Sections 2.3.3 and 2.3.4 for periodic inspection requirements and procedures. 10.3 Pre -Production Order: Prototypes of custom products and pre -production products will be thoroughly inspected for conformity to applicable standards and specifications. Records of prototype results will be recorded on the contractor's standard form when required. When customer's representative approval is not mandatory, but advisable, it will be requested. 10.4 Production Order: Upon acceptance of the pre -production item by the customer's representative, manufacturing of the item will proceed in fulfillment of the contract. All considerations documented in the inspection system will be control factors as heretofore described. SECTION 11: REOUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASE - (GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS) 11.1 Purchase Order Content: When it is necessary to order material to complete a contract certified for national defense under BOSA Reg. 2 or DSM Reg. 1 and a priority has been assigned, the following will be indicated on each purchase order: 11.1.1 Contract Number 11.1.2 Date Material is Required 11.1.3 Priority Rating 11.1.4 Statement that Provisions of DSM Reg. 1 Must be Followed 11.2 Government Access: All outgoing purchase orders will be available for review by the customer and/or government representative. 12 Microflect Co. Inc..Quality Assurance Program SECTION .12: CONTROL OF NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL Unless contractually disallowed, Microflect assumes the right to determine disposition of non -conforming materials requiring rework and/or repair. 12.1 Segregation of Materials: Material that does not conform to specifications shall be tagged using the NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2, and held in a designated NON -CONFORMING AREA. 12.2 Disposition of Non -Conforming Material: 12.2.1 All non -conforming material will be reported to the Engineering Department by use of the RECEIVING AND INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF1, or the ENGINEERING CHANGE/CORRECTION REQUEST, Form IF3. 12.2.2 Engineering personnel will determine the disposition of the material based on a judgment of the reason for non-conformance and the intended use of the material. 12.3 Material Requiring Repair: When the authority to determine the disposition of materials requiring repair is not authorized, the material may be either scrapped or placed in non -conforming storage. If Microflect engineering personnel determine that a request for repair should be made, the request will be made to the customer, on an IF3 form affixed with a stamped block, requiring customer acceptance. The material will be held in non -conforming storage until disposition has been determined. SECTION 13: FABRICATION TOLERANCES 13.1 Dimensional tolerance, as listed below, shall be in accordance with Microflect Fabrication Standards (Drawing A-79100, multiple sheets), typically plus or minus 1/16 inch. A. Length B. Width C. Height D. Thickness E. Contour F. Hole/slot location G. Angle/slope H. Hole size 13 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 13.2 Dimensional tolerance for the face flatness of any passive repeater reflecting surface shall be +0/-1/8 inch as to avoid a convex shape unless otherwise noted on the detail drawings. SECTION 14: PROPERTY AND BUILDING LAYOUT See drawing D-77079 SECTION 15: WELDING 15.1 Welder Certification: All Microflect welders are certified in accordance with AWS D1.1, latest edition. 15.2 Weld Material Certification: All Microflect welders are certified for unlimited thickness on the following materials: Steel: A-36 A-588 A-572 Aluminum: 6061-T6* *Limited to those shown in procedure PF6 15.3 Procedure Certification: All Microflect welds are either pre -qualified to: AWS D 1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code - Aluminum NAAMM Welding Standard for Fabrication of Steel Bar Grating or have procedure certifications in accordance with AWS D1.1. Welding procedure certifications exist for the following materials. A-36 A-53 A-588 A-706 70/30 CU/NI (Copper Nickel) 14 Ir q -i �- fV -I-- w --q m Or 1 N• COCA OF DITCH EDGE OF DITCH 5O �� T R 0 3 pMOt N,. - � , ,TRF KM f'T 1 , i ze (D 20 x _ O O BLACKTOP y >o ` 90R "10040% Of I'd AFIA ©� R ,J • w 1 T it (040046 OW -%M PARKING 13" • 7r�---- na --i - - - - - - 25TH ST. S.E. TOTAL OFFICE SO FT. 10090 101 At HAIAIF, 50. F1. 00971 AF1P^ANE HANGER SOFT • 1771 b.9 IOIAL ACRCS STN OESCRPTCN SOP I. ITV MEE A ADDRESS AJ "K STORACA SWO76 5211M ST. e 11AN Off 1010 1ISM 0 OFFIC AOO..l F ADD.1929 W70 1 1 Tn ST. IN OFFICE AOD • 4,160) TN 31. NERAL PAOR. 15440 1 WSTN G A EA6,^ 46M 1 ISIS 2MS IH S1 M ALM^ ASST " 7 IH 1 FAe l rn T 9 -PART/ 2010 ) TH N NA wR 900 2Tn T PAM? SHOP 1530 1 ISM ISIN n PANT SHOP A . 1920 1 1 ISIS 25TH M P—WAOLEr. 1109 TM ) p FORA 010 H ST P GAATND SHOP K A ISIS 25TH ST - 0 DA MO ARA NOO 1 7 N R DE ALLNO ADD. A NA 1 1 7 iN T 0 AIiPT 11A rAAt f N V 91 1 A) 7 T N V 'PANT SIA 10(10 IS /N T M gESTR00H/i1 )1 7 TM T PALM O1 h 1 TM 1 " r ! MICROFLECT COMPANY PROPERTY LAYOUT r•OC' ,acLaO+m.Od/o77079 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program 15.4 Welding Documentation: The following supplemental documentation regarding Microflect welding, welders and weld procedures is available by request: QAP Supplement #1: CURRENT LIST OF AWS D1.1 QUALIFIED WELDERS Procedure Form PF6: WELDER CERTIFICATIONS AND CERTIFIED WELDING PROCEDURES Procedure Form PF6-A: TYPICAL WELDS USED 15.5 Weld Repair Procedures: All weld repair is performed in accordance with either Microflect QAP approved Standard Repair Procedures (SRP) or item specific procedures approved and authorized by both the Quality Assurance Department and Engineering Department. (Standard repair procedures are available only upon specific request). SECTION 16: VENDOR CERTIFICATION The goal of the Microflect Vendor Certification Program is to develop long term relationships with vendors, thus ensuring continuing sources or quality goods and services at competitive prices. To achieve this goal, Microflect's manufacturing, engineering, and purchasing personnel work closely together to assure the quality of materials supplied by each vendor. This coordination of effort focuses on three areas: 16.1 Historical Experience: The continuing quality of supplied goods and services is the single most important aspect of our Vendor Certification Program. Vendors who continually provide quality materials, on time and at reasonable prices, are continually awarded business. Of these characteristics, quality and delivery are primary. Visits to vendors are made to enable Microflect personnel to better understand the operational procedures and requirements of vendors. 16.2 Review of Goods and Services Received: Incoming goods and services are continuously monitored. Whether the goods and services are formally inspected (Ref: Section 2) or not, the Purchasing Department continually receives feedback regarding the quality of received goods. 16.3 Specifications: All materials are purchased in accordance with appropriate requirements. For example, structural materials are purchased to material specifications as defined by engineering personnel, welding wires and gases must meet manufacturing welding standards and procedures, and outside services must meet the requirements for the service rendered. Similarly, consumable supplies are purchased to appropriate departmental requisition requirements. 16 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program SECTION 17: ICBO EVALUATION PROGRAM 17.1 Compliance Inspection: Professional Service Industries, Inc. has the responsibility to monitor the Microflect Co. Quality Assurance Program on behalf of ICBO Evaluation Service. 17.1.1 PSI will conduct unannounced follow-up inspections to verify continued ICBO compliance at least four times a year. Inspection procedures utilized during these audits appear in the "Procedures" section of this manual. 17.1.2 If discrepancies are found, PSI will determine the severity and advise the ICBO Evaluation Service of major violations in writing within ten days. 17.1.3 PSI will verify any required corrective action taken by Microflect Co. 17.2 Compliance Requirements: Microflect Co. will be responsible for the following: 17.2.1 Microflect Co. will notify ICBO Evaluation Service in writing prior to cancellation of the inspection agreement with PSI, or if follow-up inspections have not been conducted in accordance with the approved manual. 17.2.2 Microflect Co. will notify PSI if and when production is halted and when resumption is planned. 17.2.3 Microflect Co. will only use the ICBO Evaluation Service name and/or evaluation report number on products in compliance with the published report. 17.2.4 Microflect Co. and PSI will promptly investigate and respond to an ICBO Evaluation Service or a building official when appraised of problems concerning product performance. 17.3 Examination Rights: ICBG Evaluation Service reserves the right to examine, at Microflect's manufacturing plant or in the field, any product that is labeled as in conformance with the evaluation report. This examination will be conducted by either an employee of or a person retained by ICBO Evaluation Service. 17 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program APPENDIX 1 All standard QAP forms and documentation are listed in Table 2 (Note: some items listed are available only upon specific request.) All standard QAP forms are retained per Table 3. 18 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program APPENDIX 2 Rev: 04/20/95 This Appendix denotes special requirements for use with projects being erected under the jurisdiction of the City of Los Angeles -- Department of Building and Safety. Notification - All Products 1. The City of Los Angeles -- Department of Building and Safety will be notified as to the start of production and completed shipment date by the Quality Assurance Manager or his designee. This notification will be communicated on company letterhead. Delivery dates will be modified via phone at least 24 hours prior to delivery at the site, as required. 2. The QA Manager or his designee will file a "Certificate of Conformance" with the Department of Building and Safety, attesting to the material type and that shop fabrication is in compliance with the approved plan and the requirements of the Los Angeles Building Code. PRODUCTS CONTAINING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL: 1. High strength steel designated for City of Los Angeles jobs will be stored in the separate holding area (shown on the Property and Building Drawing D-77079) for this purpose. This material will be handled as follows: a. An inspector from a City of Los Angeles approved testing laboratory will determine the material grade from the mill test report for the particular heat number of the material b. He will stamp mark the piece for storage with the following: 1. Type and grade of material (example: ASTM A572 Grade 50). 2. Identify testing laboratory, then his initials or personalized mark. Note: This procedure will again be followed if and when the raw material is cut, prior to fabrication. C. The inspection agency will maintain a permanent record of all high strength steel which has been identified. 19 INSPECTION FORMS (IFI?): IFI = RECEIVING & INSPECTION REPORT (2 PART) IF2 = POST FABRICATION INSPECTION REPORT IF3 = ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST (4 PART) IF4 = PACKING LIST & FINAL INSPECTION FOR S.O. NUMBER IF5 = COMPLETION NOTICE IF6 = MONTHLY CALIBRATION REPORT IF7 = WORK-IN PROCESS INSPECTION / CUTTING LIST FOR WO PF7 (plate/angle/floor/saw) IF7-A = WORK-IN PROCESS INSPECTION / CUTTING LIST FOR WO PF9 (welding) IF8 = MONTLY SHELF -LIFE INSURANCE REPORT IF9 = STANDARD W.O. COMPLETION / INSPECTION REPORT IF10 = CUSTOMER SATISFACTION IMPROVEMENT IFI 1 = GALVANIZING INSPECTION FORM PROCEDURE FORMS (PF?): PFI = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: WELDED ITEMS PF2 =INSPECTION PROCEDURE: NON -WELDED ITEMS PF3 = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: FINAL ITEM PF5 = PROCEDURE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF STEEL *PF6 = WELDER CERTIFICATIONS AND CERTIFIED WELDING Inspection, Shop, Weld and Office PROCEDURES *PF6-A =TYPICAL WELDS USED PF7 = DEFECTIVE WELD REPAIR PROCEDURE PFS =INSPECTION PROCEDURE: RECEIVED ITEM PF9 = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: FASTENER SAMPLING PFIO = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: GALVANIZING PFI 1 = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: WAVEGUIDE ENTRY WATER TIGHTNESS PF12 = INSPECTION PROCEDURE: PANEL INSPECTION & DATA SHEET TRACKING FORMS (TF?): TF1 = CERT -HEAT LIST FOR WORK ORDER PARTS TF2 = NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL (tag) SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION (QAP-S?): *QAP-SI =CURRENT LIST OF AWS DIA QUALIFIED WELDERS *QAP-S2 = MASTER LIST OF CALIBRATED EQUIPMENT AND TEMPLATES REPAIR PROCEDURE FORMS (SRP-?): SRP -1 =REPAIR PROCEDURE: MIS -MARKED PARTS SRP -2 = REPAIR PROCEDURE: MIS-LOCATED/SIZED HOLES SRP -3 = REPAIR PROCEDURE: DAMAGED HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATINGS SRP -4 = REPAIR PROCEDURE: NOTCHES & GAUGES IN THERMAL CUT SURFACES M denotes document available ONLY UPON specific request QUALITY ASSURANCE FORMS RESPONSIBLE PERSON: Foreman, Leadmen, Sawman Inspector Engineering, Foreman, Leadman, Inspector Hardware Leadman and/or Yard Leadman Construction Crew foreman Inspector In -process inspectors In -process inspectors Hardware Leadman Yard Leadman Person Who Receives Customer Call Yard Leadman QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent Plant Superintendent Plant Superintendent Plant Superintendent QA Manager QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent QA Manager & Plant Superintendent Sawman and Hardware Leadman Foremen, Leadmen, and Sawman Plant Superintendent QA Manager QA Manager QA Manager QA Manager WHERE REQUIRED: All materials Alljobs All jobs All jobs All sales order All control standards Alljobs All jobs Shelf -life materials Nexrad/Westinghouse WO All Jobs Alljobs WHERE FILED: ** As stated on form QA Office QA Office QA Office/Shipping Office Construction File QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Office On file Inspection, Shop, and Office On file Inspection, Shop, and Office On file Inspection, Shop, Office, Yard, & Hardware On file Inspection, Shop, Office, Yard, & Hardware On file Inspection, Shop, Weld, and Office On file Inspection, Shop, Weld and Office On file Inspection, Shop, and Office On file Inspection, Shop, Office, Yard, & Hardware On file Inspection, Shop, Office, Yard, & Hardware On file Inspection, Shop, Office, Yard, & Hardware On file Shop, Office On file Shop, Office Only by contract QA Office All On item Plant Superintendent's Office QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Office QA Manager QA Office (**) Quality Assurance is responsible for accumulating and filing all inspection documents TABLE 2 0-0 FILE INCLUDES APPLICABLE FORMS WHERE & HOW LONG Q.R. OFFICE, Q.R. OFFICE STORED 1 7 YEARS 1 2.YEARS �t COC's: GALVANIZING. GATING.& HARDWARE CERTIFICATIONS - AS REQUIRED ** NEXRRD - 4 YRS.; WESTINGHOUSE - 1 YR. TABLE 3 REL.(4/6/92) Q.R. OFFICE 2 . YERR S IF9 � I NEXRAD / WESTINGHOUSE S.O. IF4 Q.A. OFFICE AS REQUIRED BY CONTRRCT ** QUALITY ASSURANCE FORM RETENTION CHART STANDARD W.O./ NEXRRD / ORDER TYPE CERTIFIED S.O. CERTIFIED W.O. STANDARD S.O. WESTINGHOUSE IF2 IF2 IF2 IF2 TF1 TF1 IF3 TF1 IF3 IF3 IF7/7A IF3 IF7/7R IF7/7A IF7/7A rnr� * COC's COC's -* FILE INCLUDES APPLICABLE FORMS WHERE & HOW LONG Q.R. OFFICE, Q.R. OFFICE STORED 1 7 YEARS 1 2.YEARS �t COC's: GALVANIZING. GATING.& HARDWARE CERTIFICATIONS - AS REQUIRED ** NEXRRD - 4 YRS.; WESTINGHOUSE - 1 YR. TABLE 3 REL.(4/6/92) Q.R. OFFICE 2 . YERR S IF9 � I NEXRAD / WESTINGHOUSE S.O. IF4 Q.A. OFFICE AS REQUIRED BY CONTRRCT ** RECEIVING & INSPECTION REPORT PURCHASED FROM HOW RECD /DRIVERS NAME P.O. # REPORT NO. 2 61 _ DATE RECD. DEPT AMOUNT RECEIVED I NO. QuANTITYI UNIT I COMPUTER OF DESCRIPTION, BRAND, GRADE, ETC. CONDITION DESC. I PART NO. I PKGS. OF MATERIALS INSPECTIONS (Visual & dimensional only) (Nuts, Bolts, Purchase Complete Items) ( Steel, Aluminum, Weld Filler Material) ❑ Match P.O. to packing list and items ❑ Mill Certs Received on all A-325 ❑ Mill Certs Received received to P.O. Bolts & Nuts - Kegs Marked with P.O. (Steel & Aluminum only) ❑ Check for quantity and size ❑ Mill Certs Received on all Gr. 8 Bolts ❑ Tag w/Heat No. ❑ Mill Certs to Engineering (If appl.) & Nuts - Kegs Marked with P.O. ❑ Check for laminations ❑ Certs returned from ❑ Check headmarkings, length & ❑ Check for straightness Engineering - approved (If appl.) diameter bolts. (Minimum 1017o) ❑ Mat'l placed in Stock for Use Sign off Date (file with copy of P.O. and invoice) Conditions found IEl ORIG.iNAL Disposition !1 ) (IF2.1) MICROFLECT CO., INC. POST FABRICATION INSPECTION REPORT PAGE: 1 ) 04/02/92 16:31. . WO # 107-.6 I NSPECT I.ON ) Part #: 33-107-6 TO GALV. ------------------------------- ; Desc: ANGLE 3 X 3 X .1875 ---------------> MATERIAL TRACKING REQ'D. Customer: MICROFLECT (inventory W.O.) SHIP -DATE: 09/f5/92 > OUTSIDE' -INSPECTION REO'D. CC Desc: * * * --------------- > A.D.C. d MAT. CERT'S REQ. Dwg. #: Inspection Proc. (*) ------------------------------- Part dimensional welding other Qty Qty Part # Description Drawing # Rev# Oty by/date by/date by/date Ins. Pass Comments 1 35-14723 ANGLE A-68249 - A -- -264 35-14724 ANGLE A-68248 0 198 l ) ) I ) 1 I ) z 1 1 (*) See INSPECTION PROCEDURE form (PFI) for welded items, form (PF2) for non -welded items, and form (PF3) for final inspectiori. 1 ) ®ENGINEERING ACTION REQUEST No. Drawing No. Part No. ASK BOM No. Problem Area - Welding: Mislocated Parts .. ❑ Fabrication: Punching/Drilling ❑ Cutting ................. ❑ Purchasing: Galvanizing.......... System: Engineering Dwgs ❑ Problem Cause - Machine .......... ❑ Number of pieces effected Problem: Rev. Work Order No. Sales Order No. Gov't. Insp....... ❑ Customer Insp....... ❑ Magnaflux Particle Rejects ... ❑ Warpage ..... ❑ Other.. ❑ Forming ..... ❑ Maridng ...... El Material Substitution ............. ❑ Other.. ❑ Sub.Cont.(P.O. ) Raw Material ❑ Other.. ❑ Bill of Material ...................... ❑ Other.. ❑ Operator ...... ❑ Other ..... ❑ Recommended Action: Scrap .... ❑ Use as is .... ❑ Requested By: Repair: SRP -1 .... ❑ SRP- 2 .... ❑ Other .... ❑ Date: Engineering Action/Reply: Scrap .... ❑ Repair: SRP -1 .... ❑ SRP- 2....E] Other .... ❑ As Recommended .... El Use as is❑ Approved By: Date: Preventative Action Recommendation/Verification: No Action Required ........ ❑ Changes Completed ....... ❑ Changes Completed By: By: Date: WHITE: ORIGINAL YELLOW: INSPECTION PINK: FABRICATION GOLDEN ROD: PURCHASING IF3 (R.. r ) (IF4.2)MICROFLECT CO., INC. PACKING LIST & FINAL INSPECTION FOR S.O. NUMBER: 50-34477 PAGE: 1 04/02/92 17:13 COMPLETE P/L ) PACKING LIST FOR: SCHED. SHIP DATE: SERIAL N: SHIP VIA: BO -34477 04/15/92 BEST WAY ) FROM: MICROFLECT CO. INC. SALES ORDER NU. S0=34477 "' ' 3575 25TH STREET S.E. REV: 1 DATE SHIPPED: ) SALEM, OR 97302 ORDER DATE: 03/25/92 CUSTOMER ORDER NUMBER: FAX LETTER FRT TERMS: FOB FACT, PREPAYBADD PH: (503) 363-9267 BILL TO CUSTOMER NO. 4099 TWX 510-59970107 SHIP TO CUSTOMER N0. 4099 TERMS': NET DUE 30 DAYS OF INV. -------------------------------------------- BILL TO: ------------------------=------------------- SHIP TO: RAY STONE INCORPORATED RAY STONE INCORPORATED ATTN ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE DEPT 2401 AMERICAN RIVER DR STE 2 SUITE 1t.2.. I -.._ ...... .. ..... ........ CHECK LIST 2401 AMERICAN RIVER DRIVE P.L. , SACRAMENTO CA 95825 .._ ( SACRAMENTO CA 95825 TERMS ................. ........ ' I... ------......._. ....._......._._ ......_ � VIA -------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- INIT. ) DATE NOTE: ALL'CLAIMS'OP"SHORTAGES AND DAMAGES MUST BE _ PILED WITHIN *7. DAYS OF RECEIPT. ' TRUCK LOADING REPORT DIMENSIONS EMPTY GROSS RTS PACKER LOADER PACKAGE # TYPE PACK LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT WT/EA WT/EA ---------- ------------------------------------------------------------ LOC. ---------- ---------- INITIAL INITIAL/DATE ------------ -----------1 1. 2. 1 3. ) 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1 9. 1 10. 11. 12. 1 PACK BDL = BUNDLE TYPES BOX = WOOD BOX CB CARDBOARD BOX TOTAL PC = PIECE WB = WIRE BOUND BOX GROSS WT.: (») See form (PP3) for 0INAL 1•nspection -procedure.- (IF4.2)MICROFLECT CO., INC. PACKING LIST d FINAL INSPECTION FOR S.O. NUMBER: SO-34477 PAGE: 2 1 04/02/92 17:13 COMPLETE P/L PACKED d PKG'D LINE S PART OTY QTY OTY FINAL IN.* PACKED WT " CERT N 1 ITEM C In. NUMBER ---- - --- ------------- DESCRIPTION REOD --------------------------------- ------ UOM PACKED B.O. ---------------- BY/DATE IN BOX ------------------- (lbs) ----- •---------- WO # . . 1 31-99258-34477-1 ANTENNA MT, 2-3/8" OD, 10'LONG 1 LT CONSISTING OF PARTS BELOW 35-21919 TOP FLANGE MOUNT 3 EA M 35-AII82 PIPE CAP 2.375 DIA 3 EA 51-20532 .625 X 3.25 GR 5 BOLT,NUT 6 LW 13 EA PACKED b PKG'D LINE. S.... PART. __............ ..__ . '-OTY""-" -' '- QTY QTY FINAL IN.* 'PACKED""' WT CERT # j ITEM C In. NUMBER ---- - ---------------- DESCRIPTION REOD --------------------------------- ------ UOM PACKED B.O. --- ------ ------ BY/DATE IN BOX ------------------ (lbs) ----- WO # ---------- j 3 31-99151-34477-D DOMESTIC PACKING d HANDLING i 4T t t (+) See form (PF3) for FINAL inspection procedure. IF 3575 25th Street SE. Salem, Oregon 97302 A7mlCROFLECT Post OI/ice Box67 12985. Salem, OR 97309-0985 (503) 363-9267 jkt9,9"J4•+kr*4jjfjkj(*1j* ** COMPLETION NOTICE *** B PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY I SITE: BUNCHGRASS MOUNTAIN, CA L ATTN : P - T345 MISSION STREET T. SAN FRANCISCO, CA ROAD CREW 94106 BILL TO CUSTOMER 0.2750 SHIP TO CUSTOMER 1� 2750 SALES ORDER Nbj RVSN DATEPAGE TAX SO -32519 1 7/10/90 I 1 CUSTOMER ORDER NO. Z26P10690 ORDER DATE SALES CAT. TAXABLE 6/21/90 CA NO METHOD OF SHIPMENT F.O.B. P.P.D. R.C./DOM. FACT S.A. RJB TERMS NET DUE 30 DAYS OF INV. ITEM PRODUCT NUMBER DESCRIPTION TAX SCHEDULED SHIP DATE QTY. ORDERED UNIT PRICE EXTENSION 1 1-95000-32519-1 MODEL 60L820 -120M, 120' 3 -LEG 1 S.S. TWR W/INSIDE CLIMBING LADDER 2 1-99438-32519-2 ANCHOR BOLTS 1 3'31-99258-32519-3 PIPE MTS FOR PARABOLIC ANT. 1 (2 REQ'D) 4 1-95000-32519-4 WORK PLATFORM @ 110' 1 5 1-99200-32519-5 ATTACH. HDWR FOR 1 RUN OF EW63 1 (APPROX. 50') 6 1-B964 .625 X 48 LIGHTNING ROD 1 7 1-B1010 EIA GROUNDING FOR 3 LEG TOWER i 8 1-B1219 HINGED ANTI -CLIMB DEVICE ASSY 1 9 1-99999 PREPAID FREIGHT 1 TO SITE 10 1-99910 ENGINEERING - DRAWINGS '2 - INCLUDED 11 1-99911 ENGINEERING - ANALYSIS 1 12 1-99913 ENGINEERING - FOUNDATION 1 DESIGN FOR BROKEN ROCK 13 1-99801-32519-6 INSTALL TWR FDN IN BROKEN ROCK 1 14 1-99826 ERECT 3 -LEG SS TOWER (L/800) 1 V. (IF5) 357525th Street SE. Salem, Oregon 97302 ##"#4MIWIW Post Office Box 12985 . Salem, OR 97309-0985 A7mic#WFLECT(,03) 363-9267 * �1�(� ��9��3K*Fj���)� �f�1�� * * * * * ** COMPLETION NOTICE *#* B S PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY Ii SITE: BUNCHGRASS MOUNTAIN, CA L ATTN : P . T 345 MISSION STREET o. SAN FRANCISCO, CA ROAD CREW 94106 BILL TO CUSTOMER ,2750 SHIP TO CUSTOMER 0, 2750 SALES ORDER N51 RVSN DATEPAGE TAX SO -32519 1 I 7/10/90 2 CUSTOMER ORDER NO. Z26P10690 ORDER DATE SALES CAT. TAXABLE 6/21/90 CA NO METHOD OF SHIPMENT F.O.B. P.P.D. R.C./DOM. FACT 1-99859 S.A. 1 RJB T—T TERMS KICT Ill IC 7fA nANVC nC T All) _ ITEM PRODUCT NUMBER DESCRIPTION TAX SCHEDULED SHIP DATE QTY. ORDERED UNIT PRICE EXTENSION 15 1-99852 INSTALL 10' PARABOLIC ANTENNA 2 16 1-99859 INSTALL ELLIPTICAL WAVEGUIDE 1 - ONE RUN (APPROX. 50') 17 1-99816 INST MIN E.I.A. GND, SS TOWER 1 18 1-99800 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 1 - INSTALL ANTI -CLIMB DEVICE - INCLUDED 19 1-99898 TRANSPORT MATERIALS TO SITE 1 - TRANSPORT ANTENNAS & W/G FROM STORAGE TO SITE 20 1-99800 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 1 - CLEAR 40' X 40' TOWER SITE & 900' ACCESS ROAD OF UNDER- BRUSH - BRUSH TO BE DISPOSED OF ON SITE 21 1-99899 MOBILIZATION 1 BASED ON CONTINUOUS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SITE: BUNCHGRASS, CA. ' 1(I F 5 ) 3575 25th Street SE. Salem, Oregon 97302® A7MICROFLECT Post Office Box 12985. Salem, OR 97309-0985 (503) 363-9267 * COMPLETION NOTICE#* B S � PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY I SITE: BUNCHGRASS MOUNTAIN, CA L ATTN : P - T345 MISSION STREET T. SAN FRANCISCO, CA ROAD CREW 94106 BILL TO CUSTOMER 10.2750 SHIP TO CUSTOMER 101, 2750 ` � J SALES ORDER NO. RVSN DATE PAGE SO -32519 1 7/10/90 3 CUSTOMER ORDER NO. Z26P10690 ORDER DATE SALES CAT. TAXABLE 6/21/90 ICA described NO METHOD OF SHIPMENT F.O.B. P.P.D. R.C./DOM. FACT S.A. any exceptions li ted below: RJB DDITIONAL WORK A TERMS NFT nl IF Am nave nF T NV . ITEM PRODUCT NUMBER DESCRIPTION TAX SCHEDULED SHIP DATE QTY. ORDERED UNIT PRICE EXTENSION STATEMENT OF COMPLETION: The material and/or services described herewith have been furnishej in a satisfactory manner with any exceptions li ted below: DDITIONAL WORK A THORIZITION: The following work arid/or material ir addition to the above is hereby authorized and accepted: ICROFLECT CO. RE RESENTATIVE DATE CUSTOMER'3 REPRESENTATIVE DATE I IF6) 03/24/93' 0:CALIBRTN 08:31 NI CR OF L. E f: T C 0 . , INC. C A L I F: RA 1 10 1 J F.I. P 0 R T FO MAR/9 PACE: I ........ .. .. MONTHLY CAL IBRATLOIN REPORT Give to QA MANAGER 3 4 Part No. Rey Description Last Done Interval Due On Location Ca! ;br<-t or By Date T, 100 -------- --- ----------- ------ 7 ::,.95-0.'.O`s:;.'% �** 16 t * P�t, ` 6 i 2 3 9. p 0 9 "t W� 3, s. A R E AiPgAf r L,'�" ki64/iL; SHO STARRETT 2 11 95-14729-1 C NEXRAD-STAIRCASE 03/24/92 1 year 03/24/93 SHOP M. EVANS, 12 '''95-14729-2 C, 44 E -X RJA 6 STAIRCASE 0.3/24%92 03/24/9'3. -SHOP M. EVANS 14 15 95-14730-1 C' N E_X R A S T i�i 9'C'A'S E 0 3 2; 4 /4 2- 4.�xpar- 03/24/93 SHOP M FVAN�; 16 - 95-14730-2 C NEXRAD-STAIRCASE 03/24/92 1 year 03/24/93 SHOP M. EVANS le ..... . "''.95-14759-1 N E 0 AD Sr k I. Wd ASEzl:y /24/9,3s �ISROP, M. EVANS 2 c ... ....... .. . Vg It _�4 . 21 bj i 2 6 HOP' M EVANS. 22 23 9S-879627-3 - 0 WESTIN-PLATE 03/20/92 1 year 03/20/93 SHOP 1) W A R D .T. .3 1 SHOP:' D WARD 9 s NE!Sf ...... 1� '031/23/92;--t4year�: 7y 0 1 4 nm L P 04 .�.. , " ,- "W _,, -Of R .......... , tur j4h %`Wi ...... -.PI;AT9= �:x:",, 0138 WESTINL;;Fnpmtrn 7 2 kn P WARD Z9 95-wolse - 0 WESTIN-PLATE 03/23/92 1 year 03/23/93 SHOP 0 LARD 30 N NO IF,, 4 71 N5 33 n P U p 41�rM 34 35 — 95-WO266-1 8 WESTIN-WF 03/19/92 1 year 03/19/93 SHOP D WARD 36 12f95 -WO EPa :§,i X: gw M, 0,31 aill a 1; WA R U ,41� S&I 1 -0. 4T em 'I :_4di •14+!,flp, A:,�� V AL f U I sHnp &WAN 3: WARD 95-WO269-5 0 WESTIN-CHANNEL 03/19/92 1 year 03/19/93 SHOP D WARD 13 ..9S -W0490.:' :.,, `A',V: 034231,92- 1 1,ydari� 0-3/23/9-3- `SHOP' D WARD 4A 00� N, rid s�XC. IVY— Aro 9 'X-;2F�.','�*-.'-1,�,i- 0�',"AJE n P CM c: 14 n WARD 47 95-W0501-1 0 WESTIN-CHANNEL 03/19/92 1 year 03/19/93 SHOP D WARD k6p 1Y a li, 0 3 D WARD. so �,,/l 9'/93i A gsl c:-�WQ541 12TOP.- year. .19/93 HOP n 53 95-W0541-2/BOTTOM 0 WESTIN-WF 03/19/92 1 year 03/19/93 SHOP D WARD sa7 --..,0. 7�119/92;�*.":'��:l+yearj�,.-..��....., . ,0ARQ E STJ N7,,WF.,��+.,+f,",::!���;","-D" W 91., �SHOP. I. 7 A BOTTO R�np- U A R � JM - ) ) (IF7.2) MICROFLECT CO., INC. WORK-IN-PROCESS INSPECTION / CUTTING LIST FOR WO: 107-6 PAGE: 1 04/02%92 16:30 PART# 33-107-6 QTY: 1 WO# 107-6 PLATE [ANGLE FLOOR SAW � (IIII (I III II III II III ((III II III I IIII PART NUMBER: 33-107-6 ------------=--=-=-----=-----+ FROM ENGR. 04/02/92 > MATERIAL TRACKING REQ'D. --------------- DESC.: ANGLE 3 X 3 X .1875 > OUTSIDE INSPECTION REO'D. TO SHOP: __ ..... .. _................... ... - � > MATERIAL CERT'S REQUIRED.� --------------- jREVISION: -----------------------------# TO GALV. ) C.C. DESC... ....._ ...s SHIP-DATE: 09/15/92 DWG. NUMBER: --------------- ------------------------------------------PART ---------------------------- PART QUANTITY SIGN REQUIRED ASSY ITEM DRAWING ASSY NUMBER DESCRIPTION LENGTH REQUIRED OFF CCODE AT W / C MARK NO. NO. NUMBER DWG. N0. 11-11165 A36 ANGLE 3.00 X 3.00 X 0.1875 14-1-5/8 264.0 250 35-14723 <M5012) 35-14723 A-68249 A-68249 11-11165 A36 ANGLE 3.00 X 3.00 X 0.1875 10-1 198.0 250 35-14724 <M5012) 35-14724 A-68248 A-68248 1 0 (IF7A.1) MICROFLECT CO., INC. WORK -IN -PROCESS INSPECTION / CUTTING LIST FOR W0: 107-6 l 04/02/92-_ -1'6:31 ��PARTq 33-107-6 QTY: 1 W4# 107.-.6 WELDING 1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII(IIIiIIIIiIIII PART NUMBER: 33-107-6 DESC :-: -ANGLE 3-X 3-X--'.-1875 REVISION: C.C. DESC.: DWG. NUMBER: 1 Part It W / C Descriptio 35-14723 (M5012) ANGLE 35-14724 (M5012) ANGLE 1 ) ) Note: Items marked N/A are not weldments. *-----------------------------* FROM ENGR. 04/02/92 > MATERIAL TRACKING REQ'D.--------------- ) OUTSIDE'INSPECTION REQ'D.'j TO SHOP:' > MATERIAL CERT'S REQUIRED. --------------- *-----------------------------* TO GALV. --------------- SHIP -DATE: 09/15/92 --------------- Description Drawing k Qty Welder 1 Welder 2 Welder 3 A-68249 264 A-68248 198 PAGE: 1 IFS) 03/24/93 MICRO'FLECT Co., !NC. SHELFLIF 05:30 SHELF LIFE MAIERIA1. INSI"ECTION REPORT FOR MAR/93 PAGE MONTHLY SHELF."LITE INSPECTION REPORT G I VE':: T 6. -Q A. N. A G E R # Outdated Part No. Description Location U.O.M. 0.0.H. H. Items By Date - - - - - - - - - - - ----------- -------- ------ ---------- 3 Z -q ?Ml .A, ga MR w,- 0 0 0" ls� NO S34- 1 -HOW 31 .K 0 N., 0, . 31-81177 ROOF ENTRY BOOT SEALER HDW EA 23.000 31-6184 SEALING TAPE.1".X40' ROLL -I/PK- HOW EA 127 000 un I 31'=61 8TOUCH �v AjW�;- ............. 31-6I93 ROOFING COMPOUND 1.0 CAL -I/PK HOW EA 2.000 31-8195 ALUMALASTIC SEAL 1LB TUBE-1/PK" HDW' EA 11,000 wg .31'-82DUXSEAL,��I.S.L;Bi4T,UgEi?�;117?,pk;,��I HDW�I'g,�.�;fi� ziW� �4E 0M0 OR j" 'w gg��, AN- �P 31-8299 SEALING TAPE 1/PK HOW PK 82M000 31-8364 TOUCH-UP SPRAY 1 /PK HOW EA 103, 000 59-09117 RODDA #28474 WHITE QUICK DRY 'PAINT CIA 51.000 59-09118 RODDA 30886 'ORANGELEADFREE PAINT CA 33000 .a .`�ls�=z`b.':r-:vx��,I•;.�u' ��a+'re�,v.;;v.,w"��"a'rs>+rzi l.w,.rses:ir��. �as�ia'�s�.%�Y i�kr.�it�li�t°.,,��csrsz�tt."�=ix�Y�.zassxk?..s,�i�z o., a��:���������sY"'�' s�-�a pec$�}k`',�r",aiia'S3:iY.,�z���ir1z`�,''v'?" ors k�2`�6. zi.:;<a:�e�<���f�^.ss�'.',''.3-- 59-09133 O -DRY LAKE HURON CRAY #28519 PAINT CA 42.322 ^< <> ,T`. a -,: .. ;�:a ,.. .. ,, .. .. �3 `�" ^ L,. "'r -` .. wg�. .S "s �v °€i'N �. ,3-`ar��'. a':E ^� v. �a' •. y<... g mg ig� a a 4W IN ",adJ -W, MP0ETED�< FORM�,j -RF KEt-T JW B -,vlN1 . 11 ..... . ...... .7— . . ... ..... .... R (IF9.0) MICROFLECT CO., INC. STANDARD W.O. COMPLETION / INSPECTION REPORT PAGE: 1 04/02/92 16:37 =---------------===-=-----==---------------- -------------------- WO # 107-6 QTY: 1 YARD Part M: 33-107-6 TO GALV. Desc: ANGLE 3 X 3 X .1875 --------------- Customer: MICROFLECT (inventory W.O.) DUE DATE: 09/15/92 CC Desc: See book '3' --------------- DW9. p: Inspection Proc. (*) i Mech <------------ Received from Galvanizers ------------> Galt' Part If" Description Drawing ri City Qty / By / Date Oty / By / Date Oty / By / Date 35-14723 ANGLE A-68249 264 35-14724 ANGLE A-68248 198 ) ) 1 a (*) INS ----•ON --,EDUI" - rm - fo - al ,ct i - CUSTOMER SATISFACTION IMPROVEMENT 3575 25th Street SE, Salem, Oregon 97302 • P.O. Box12985, Salem, OR 97309-0985 _ (503) 363-9267 • TLX 510-599-0107 • FAX (503) 362-5396 S.O. — Number: By: Date: Contact: Phone No.: Customer: Site: Foreman: Method of Shipment: Shipment Cost: Returned PartMethod of Shipment: Returned Part Shipment Cost: PROBLEM: SOLUTION: QADept. CstmrStsfctnlmprvmnt Ver 1.0 5/25/94 ROUTING: Bob C. - Orig. - John G. GALVANIZING INPECTION FORM THICKNESS READINGS: Dote Port Number es Thick. 1 #1 1 t/2 1 X13 1 #4 1 #5 1 AmIT Inspector �• aillim, vvr, �-n, piate, etc. galvchk.xls OR 1) 11 /15/91 Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PFI) Rev: 11/22/90 PROCEDURE FORM PF1 Inspection Procedure: Welded Items SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed during inspection of all welded items unless an alternate inspection procedure is specified by the project engineer. PHASE: Ferrous metals: Welded item inspection is to be done prior to deballing and galvanizing. METHOD: The following items are to be checked: 1. Part number on piece 2. Dimensions to detail drawing 3. Cracks in weld or base metal (visual only) 4. Under weld 5. Undercut weld 6. Over weld 7. Size of weld (check at three locations) 8. Warp 9. Welded to code and/or engineering requirements DISPOSITION: Parts not meeting the above requirements are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2 and placed in a non- conforming material storage area (if practical). Final disposition of these items will be determined by the project engineer. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program V (PF2) Rev: 11/22/90 PROCEDURE FORM PF2 Inspection Procedure: Non -Welded Items SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed during inspection of all non -welded items unless an alternate inspection procedure is specified by the project engineer. PHASE: Ferrous metals: Item inspection is to be done prior to galvanizing. Non-ferrous metals: Item inspection is to be done upon completion of all fabrication processes. METHOD: The following items are to be checked: 1. Part number on piece 2. Dimensions to detail drawing DISPOSITION: Parts not meeting the above requirements are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2 and placed in a non- conforming material storage area (if practical). Final disposition of these items will be determined by the project engineer. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF3) Rev: 11/22/90 PROCEDURE FORM PF3 Inspection Procedure: Final Items SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed for all finished goods unless an alternate inspection procedure is specified by the project engineer. PHASE: Item inspection is to be done prior to final crating and/or packaging for shipment. METHOD: The following items are to be checked (as appropriate): (Note: all checking is visual only) 1. Damage 2. Warp 3. Galvanizing 4. Legible part number 5. Correct part number 6. Quantity 7. Painting DISPOSITION: Parts not meeting the above requirements are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2 and placed in a non- conforming material storage area (if practical). Final disposition of these items will be determined by the project engineer. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF5) Rev: 02/12/91 PROCEDURE FORM PF5 Identification of Structural Steel SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed with all structural steel in raw material inventory. PHASE: This procedure applies from receipt of raw material from suppliers through issuance to a manufacturing work order. METHOD: Received and approved raw structural steel materials are to be placed into inventory and tagged or marked with the following information: 1. Microflect purchase order 2. Heat number from material test report (MTR) 3. Color indicator using the code system listed below: Hi -Strength Structural Steels: A-572 Grade 50 (green and yellow) A-588 Grade 50 (blue and yellow) A-441 (yellow) A-333 Grade 6 (pink) A-710 Grade A, Class 3 (black and white) Rebar: A-615, Gr 60 (no color code) used for foundations A-706, Gr 60 (purple) weldable used for ladder rungs Other: A-36 Plate (white) A-36 Shapes (white) A-36 Bars (white) A-53, Gr B (white) A-500 Rectangular tubing (white) Hi -Y50 pipe (silver) 4. Individual heat numbers of steel of same grade and size will be kept banded individually to eliminate the possibility of intermixing. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF6) PROCEDURE FORM PF6 Welders Certifications and Certified Welding Procedures Maintained by: Plant Superintendent Quality Assurance Manager Master copy filed in: Office of Plant Superintendent --> This form is available only upon specific request. <-- Microfiect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF6-A) PROCEDURE FORM PF6-A Typical Welds Used Maintained by: Plant Superintendent Quality Assurance Manager Master copy filed in: Office of Plant Superintendent --> This form is available only upon specific request. <-- Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF7) Rev: 02/15/91 PROCEDURE FORM PF7 Defective Weld Repair Procedure (Per AWS D1.1-90) SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed for all weld repair. No weld repair will be done without prior approval from the project engineer. PHASE: Weld repair may be done during manufacturing and inspection stages, but prior to galvanizing. Requests for weld repairs will be submitted using ENGINEERING CHANGE/CORRECTION REQUEST, Form IF3. METHOD: When weld repair is authorized by the project engineer, the following general procedures are to be followed: The removal of weld metal or portions of the base metal may be done by machining, grinding, chipping, or gouging. It shall be done in such a manner that the adjacent weld metal or base metal is not nicked or gouged. Oxyfuel gas gouging shall not be used in quenched and tempered steel. Unacceptable portions of the weld shall be removed without substantial removal of the base metal. The surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly before welding. Weld metal shall be deposited to compensate for an deficiency in size. The contractor has the option of either repairing an unacceptable weld or removing and replacing the entire weld, except as modified by the project engineer. The repaired or replaced weld shall be retested by the method originally used, and the same technique and quality acceptance criteria shall be applied. If the contractor elects to repair the weld, it shall be corrected. as follows: (Refer to AWS D1.1-90, paragraphs 3.7.2.1 through 3.7.7 and all associated references.) DISPOSITION: Final disposition and acceptance of any weld repair is the responsibility of the project engineer. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF8) Rev: 10/23/96 PROCEDURE FORM PF8 Inspection Procedure: Received Item SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed for all received items unless an alternate inspection procedure is specified by the project engineer. PHASE: Received item inspection is to be done upon delivery of purchased items. METHOD: All received items are to be documented and inspected in accordance with the requirements of RECEIVING AND INSPECTION REPORT, Form IF 1. DISPOSITION: Unacceptable items are to be tagged, kept separated from standard inventory, and returned to the vendor. NOTE: If Microflect chooses to substitute a "better than material," for current requirements, a letter from the project engineer will authorize this replacement. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF9) Rev: 02/25/92 PROCEDURE FORM PF9 Inspection Procedure: Fastener Sampling SCOPE: - This procedure is to be followed when sampling received fasteners. PHASE: Sampling is to be done after receipt of fasteners and prior to use and/or packaging. METHOD: Fasteners are to be inspected for the following characteristics: 1. Proper head markings 2. Correct head size 3. Overall length 4. Thread length 5. Diameter 6. Visible damage 7. Coating Dimensional information must meet the tolerances of the purchasing specification (SAE, ASTM, ANSI, etc.) Coating must meet the requirements of ASTM B695 or A153. DISPOSITION: Non -conforming fastener lots are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2 and placed in a non- conforming material storage area until they are returned to the vendor. Reference: ASTM B695-85, Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc (Mechanically Deposited) on Iron and Steel. ASTM A153-82, Standard specification for Zinc coating Hot Dip on Iron and Steel Hardware. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF10) New: 11/15/91 Page 1 of 2 PROCEDURE FORM PF10 Inspection Procedure: Galvanizing SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed for the inspection of all hot -dip galvanized parts. It applies to both commercial and government projects. PHASE: Hot -dip galvanizing inspection is to be done on each lot of parts when received from the galvanizing supplier. For the purposes of this procedure, a "lot" is defined to be a single truckload of galvanized parts returned from the galvanizers. (Note that this lot of parts will typically be a collection of types of parts from a variety of shop work orders.) METHOD: The inspection will be done using the Elcometer Model 245F magnetic coating thickness gage (calibrated instrument #95-1.1). The minimum inspection sample size will be as follows: Lot size Sample size 3 or less all 4-500 3 501-1,200 5 1,201-3,200 8 3,201-10,000 13 10,001 and over 20 A minimum of five readings shall be taken at each location. The five readings should be made within an approximate 4" diameter circular area. For large or long pieces, three locations should be checked, typically near the ends and in the middle of each piece. The date of inspection, the part numbers inspected, the type of part (WF, angle, pipe, plate, etc.), the material thickness at the area of inspection, and the five thickness readings will be recorded on Inspection Form IF11. This form will be kept by the Yard Leadman. Copies of this form will be given to the Quality Assurance Manager at the end of each month. Coating thicknesses are to be in accordance with the values listed in Tables 1 and 2 below. DISPOSITION: Parts not meeting the above requirements are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2, reported to the Quality Assurance Manager using an ENGINEERING CHANGE/CORRECTION Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF10) New: 11/15/91 Page 2 of 2 REQUEST, Form IF3 and placed in a non -conforming material storage area (when practical). Final disposition of these items will be determined by the Quality Assurance Department or Project Engineer. TABLE 1: Minimum Coating Thickness Grade (mils)" by Steel, Category Steel Thickness Range (Measured), in. Steel Under 1/16" 1/16" to 1/8" to Over 3/16" 1/4" Cateaory under 1/8" 3/16" to under 1/4" or over Structural Shapes 45(l.9) 65(2.5) 85(3.4) 85(3.4) 100 (3.9) Strip 45(l.9) 65(2.5) 75(2.9) 85(3.4) 100 (3.9) Pipe .. ... 75(2.9) 75(2.9) 75(2.9) ^Average of all specimens tested. Minimum coating thickness grade for an individual specimen of computed value of at least 5 spot measurements made in accordance with 7.2.1 (magnetic thickness measurements) is one coating grade (see Table 2) less than that required in Table 1. TABLE 2: Coating Thickness Grade' Conversions Grade 35 45 55 65 75 85 100 mils 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.5 2.9 3.4 3.0 oz/ft, a. 8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.3 'The values for oz/f are calculated values and are for convenience purposes only.. Reference: ASTM A 123 - 89a Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF 11) Rev: 02/12/91 PROCEDURE FORM PF1I Inspection Procedure: Waveguide Entry Water Tightness SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed for all assembled waveguide entries, unless an alternate inspection procedure is specified by the project engineer. PHASE: Item inspection to be done after assembly, but prior to final painting. METHOD: Waveguide entries are to be checked with water spray for leakage. Test sample size shall be 10% of the finished batch. (Note: all checking is visual only.) 1. Proper rivet installation and tension: a. Rivet head seats flat and tight on surface of entry port mounting flange. b. Underside of rivet is uniformly rolled to contact the backside of the assembled entry in a smooth, unbroken profile. 2. Water leakage: a. Stand assembled entry vertically and spray water around each entry port mounting flange. b. Inspect backside of the assembled entry for water leaks. DISPOSITION: Parts not meeting the above requirements are to be tagged using NON- CONFORMING MATERIAL tag, Form TF2, and placed in a designated non -conforming material area. Final disposition of these items will be determined by the project engineer. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF12) New: 02/05/93 Page 1 of 2 PROCEDURE FORM PF12 Inspection Procedure: Panel Inspection and Data Flatness Sheet SCOPE: This procedure is to be followed when inspecting passive repeaters. PHASE: Passive repeater panels are individually fabricated and then assembled as a matched set during the fabrication process. Prior to disassembly for painting and shipment, the individual panels are match marked to ensure proper reassembly in the field. METHOD: The check and data sheets completed for each passive manufactured provide the following information and confirm that the required tests and inspections have been accomplished. Check Sheet 1. Our project number (S.O.) 2. Passive size and ground clearance 3. Customer (name) 4. Ship date 5. Site 6. Panel paint 7. Notes: (match marking etc.) 8. Date started 9. Date completed 10. Flatness test 11. Hole layout and diameters 12. Drain and helicopter lifting holes 13. Panel numbering (4 panel unit and above) 14. Forging rivets 15. Extra stiffness and plates Items 10 through 15 are signed off in the completed column by the employee fabricating the unit. The check column is signed off by the lead person of the department, indicting that in -process inspection has been performed. Upon completion of the unit, the lead person makes a final inspection and signs off in the final check column. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (PF12) New: 02/05/93 Page 2 of 2 Item 10 on the check sheet is a Flatness Test (inspection). This test (inspection) is recorded on the Flatness Data sheet. Please note that each panel on the sheet will have on it a number in each of its corners. The number will either be "0", "1", "2", "3", or "4." Each member represents flatness of the passive in that location as assembled, or in the case of a single panel unit, the flatness of it alone. The interpretation of the numbers are as follows: If all four comers of all the panels were "2", the panel or panels would be flat in their manufactured and assembled condition. If any panel had a "0" or "4", they would be 1/16" high and 1/16" low, respectively. The maximum to minimum tolerance for any panel assembly or single panel is +/- 1/16". The inspection, as described, is accomplished during the fabrication process by use of two fixed transits mounted in our panel fabrication. MICROFLECT FABRICATION STANDARDS Passive Flatness Check Code: 0 =1/16" high 1 =1/32" high 2 = No deviation 3 =1/32" low 4 =1/16" low Professional Service Industries, Inc. ICBO QUARTERLY INSPECTION REPORT INSPECTOR: (print or type) DATE: ARRIVAL: DEPARTURE: 1. MANUAL REVIEW: Record any changes in personnel, policies, procedures, organization chart, vendors, production etc. 2. INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN: Is ITP approved and on file? Have checklists been established? YES NO (Explain) 3. DOCUMENT CONTROL: Are revisions at engineering, project management, quality and production the same? I YES NO (Explain) 4. MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT: Is inspection equipment calibrated and/or adjusted. YES (show items checked and dates of calibration) NO (List Discrepancies) 5. INCOMING INSPECTION: Are records complete and current for material in stock and production? YES NO (List Discrepancies) ICBO QUARTERLY INSPECTION REPORT PAGE 2 6. IN PROCESS INSPECTION: What items were inspected? Is material identifiable as outlined in manual? YES NO (List Discrepancies) Is material traceable to heat number? YES NO (List Discrepancies) 7. PRODUCTION: Is facility actively producing for U. S. Projects? YES NO (show Date of Last Production and Date of Next Anticipated Production) 8. SAMPLING AND TESTING: Were samples obtained? YES (List purpose, quantity and dimensions) NO Were tests witnessed or performed? YES (List Type, Purpose and by Whom) NO Results: ICBO QUARTERLY INSPECTION REPORT PAGE 3 9. DISCREPANCIES: Were previous discrepancies resolved? YES NO New Discrepancies (show Anticipated Resolution Date): 10. WELDING: Are welders currently certified? YES (By Whom) NO (List Discrepancies) Are welding procedures qualified? YES NO (Explain) Are pre -heat and interpass temperatures controlled? YES NO (List Discrepancies) Are ammeters and voltmeters on welding machines accurate? I YES (Show Date of Last Verification) NO (Show Date of Next Scheduled Verification) 11. NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION: Was NDE performed? YES (By . Whom; Method) NO (Explain) NOT REQUIRED Results: ICBO QUARTERLY INSPECTION REPORT PAGE 4 12. COATINGS: Was surface preparation as specified? YES NO (List Discrepancies) 13. NON -CONFORMANCES: Are non -conforming items identified and processed as outlined in manual? YES NO (List Discrepancies) 14. SUMMARY OF INSPECTION: (Brief statement of over-all product quality and facility's capabilities for maintaining quality). INSPECTOR: I have read and understand the findings shown in this report. (Print Name and Title) Signature Date (TF1) MICROFLECT CO., INC. CERT-HEAT LIST FOR W0: 107-6 PAGE: 1 04/02792...._.16`32`- _... ......_..... PARTA 33=1'07_6_".._.._.__..._.._...._...QTY:. _.. ...1_._.......... W4# . .1 47..-G..... PART NUMBER: 33-107-6 FROM ENGR. 04/02/92 DESC.: ANGLE 3 X 3 X .1875 TO SHOP: REVISION: _.. TO GALV. --------------- .i SHIP DATE: --------------- 09/15/92 1 i ANGLE PART REQUIRED DRAWING QUANTITY ) NUMBER ............. DESCRIPTION ............ ............ ..... ...... AT ...._.._...................._...._......._...._.._.........._._........................................_......... NUMBER REQUIRED LENGTH HEAT N / BY / DATE .................. ....... ... .. _...... 11-11165 A36 ANGLE 3.00 X 3.00 X 0.1875 35-14723 A-68249 264.0 14-1-5/8 ) 11-11165 A36 ANGLE 3.00 X 3 00 X 0.1875 35-14724' A=68248" " 198.0 10=1" ) i ----�----------�--C-C.C-.-C-----C3C-----C-.�---C-C---C---C-C-�-F----_CSC-C-C-.-.-C-C-C-C---.�-C-R-C-C-C---C-F---C-.�-C-C_--C-C_C_---_C-_ ) 1 ) i 1 i ) 1 ) NON -CONFORMING "RED" TAG NON -CONFORMING MATERIAL TF2 Decription: Reason: O Disposition: ---------- ❑Scrap ❑ Return to Vendor Signed: Date: ❑ Engineering Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (QAP-S 1) SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION QAP-S1 Current List of ASW D1.1 Oualified Welders Maintained by: Plant Superintendent Quality Assurance Manager Master copy filed in: Office of Plant Superintendent --> This form is available only upon specific request. <-_ Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (QAP-S2) SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTATION QAP-S2 Master List of Calibrated Equipment and Templates Maintained by: Quality Assurance Manager Master copy filed in: Office of Quality Assurance Manager --> This form is available only upon specific request. <-- Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (SRP -1) Rev: 02/17/94 STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURE, SRP -1 APPLICATION: The following procedures are to be followed to repair mis-marked parts. REPORTING METHOD: All repair of mis-marked parts must be submitted on the standard Q.A.P. Form IF3. AUTHORIZATION: Authorization to repair mis-marked parts are pre -approved by the Quality Assurance Department with the following exceptions: Project engineer or project designer must review and authorize repair of any stamped number occurring on the edge of the part or the edge of a hole prior to repair. STANDARD REPAIR METHOD: 1. Weld over the mis-marked part number using weld methods meeting the requirements of ASW D1.1. 2. Grind the welds flush to the surface level of the parent material. 3. Re -mark the part. 4. Parts marked in the wrong location may be re -marked in the proper location with no other repair required. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (SRP -2) Rev:- 10/17/91 STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURE, SRP -2 APPLICATION: The following procedures are to be followed to repair mis-located and/or mis-sized holes. REPORTING METHOD: All requests for the repair of mis-located holes must be submitted on the standard QAP Form IF3. AUTHORIZATION: All repair of mis-located holes must be pre -approved by the Quality Assurance Department and the Project Engineer or Project Designer. STANDARD REPAIR METHOD: 1. Plug the hole using weld methods meeting the requirements of AWS D 1.1. Note that the hole may need to be drilled oversize or beveled, prior to the plug welding, if the material hole diameter -to -thickness ratio is such that it cannot be properly plugged (typically <2.5:1). 2. If the correct hole location is within the standard minimum hole spacing of the mis-located hole, typically three times the nominal hole diameter (ref: AISC Section J3.8a), then the hole must be drilled. Otherwise, the hole may be re -punched, provided it was originally punched. Example #1: an 11/16" hole is mis-punched by 1/4" (center -to -center). The material thickness is 3/16". Repair: The hole would be plugged and re -drilled. Example #2: An 11/16" hole is mis-punched by 2-1/4" (center -to -center). The material thickness is 5/8". Repair: Because of the material thickness, the hole would be either drilled oversize or beveled to 1" prior to plugging (actual oversize or bevel will vary with material thickness and hole diameter). The hole must be re -drilled because the oversize hole or bevel would require a minimum hole spacing of 3". Example #3: An 11/16" hole is mis-punched by 2-1/2" (center -to -center). The material thickness is 3/16". Repair: The hole would be plugged and may be re -punched. Reference: American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Manual of Steel Construction, 9th Edition. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (SRP -3) Rev: 06/16/92 STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURE, SRP -3 APPLICATION: The following procedures are to be followed to repair damaged hot -dip galvanized coatings on hardware, structural shapes and other products fabricated prior to galvanizing. The damage may be the result of excessively rough handling during shipping or erection. REPORTING METHOD: No formal reporting is required unless the extent of the repair is felt to be beyond normal and acceptable limits. MATERIAL: Zinc -rich cold galvanizing material must contain a minimum of 94% zinc dust by weight and meet MIL -P-46105. STANDARD REPAIR METHOD:. 1. Surface to be reconditioned with zinc -rich paint shall be clean, dry, and free of oil, grease, paint, scale, rust, corrosion or any other foreign contamination. 2. Use stainless steel wire brush on area to be painted to remove all rough edges. Surface preparation shall extend into the undamaged galvanized coating to allow complete coverage. 3. Apply zinc -rich paint in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations using multiple applications if necessary to achieve a dry film thickness equal to or greater in thickness than the minimum coating required by ASTM A 123 (reference QAP procedure Form PF 10). Reference: ASTM A 780-80 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings ASTM A 123-89a, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) on Iron and Steel Products Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program (SRP -4) Rev: 02/17/94 STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURE, SRP4 APPLICATION: The following procedures are to be for repair of occasional notches and gouges in thermal cut surfaces. REPORTING METHOD: All requests for the repair of notches and gouges exceeding 3/16" deep must be submitted on the Standard QAP Form IF3. AUTHORIZATION: All repairs of notches and gouges in thermal cut surfaces 3/16" deep or less are preapproved by the Quality Assurance Department and Engineering. All notches and gouges exceeding 3/16" deep must be reviewed by the project engineer or designer for disposition. STANDARD REPAIR METHOD: Repairs by Welding 1. Prepare the area around the notch or gouge by removing scale, slag, rust, moisture, grease, and other foreign material that would prevent proper welding or produce objectionable fumes. 2. Sufficient base metal shall be removed to provide access for welding. 3. Welding shall be done with an approved low hydrogen process and observing the applicable provision of AWS D 1.1. 4. Grind completed repair welds flush with adjacent surface. Microflect Co. Inc. Quality Assurance Program STANDARD REPAIR PROCEDURE, SRP -5 APPLICATION: The following procedures are to be used for the acceptance of flanges and base plates were the I.D. is 1/16" (or less) over tolerance. REPORTING METHOD: All flanges and base plates which are repaired using this procedure shall be documented after the repair using the standard QAP Form IF3. AUTHORIZATION: All flanges and base plates whose I.D. is 1/16" (or less) over tolerance can be accepted and used providing the following standard repair procedure is followed. Any flanges or base plates whose I.D. is greater than 1/16" over tolerance shall be rejected. STANDARD REPAIR METHOD: Repairs by Welding The weld sizes as shown on the part details shall be increased by 1/16" for Ranges and base plates. UNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 PERMIT NO. APPLICATION AND PERMIT 93-2804 ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 011— ZONING BUILDING PERMIT OWNER PA K LANE (;R0UP/KPPT, RADIO TELEPHONE 894-6361 SO, FT, OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS UNKN W CONTRACTORS NAME TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace CONSTRUCTION LENDERUNKNOWN Total Valuation Is 2,500 LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Filing Fee $ 20.00 Permit Fee $ 94-00 ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. Plan Checking Fee $ Energy Plan Checking Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS Penalty $ BUILDING ADDRESS 141MOTT ROAD PERMIT FEE $ PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15,00 LOT NO. SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 USE OF STRUCTURE SF ❑ Duplex ElMobilehome ❑ Other T'RANSMITING ANTENNA SPECIFY Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home S G W @20.00 TYPE OF WORK New Addition ❑ Remodel ElUtilities ❑ Installation 1:1Other ❑ Describework: 53 FT. HIGH WOOD POLE WITH 4 FT. DIAMETER PERMIT FEE $ Contractor ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 DISH. Main Service (6001 Oil LEI 200AOR LESS ) 23.00 23.00 Main Service ( 200A TO 1000A ) 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. OR ADDNS. ( 8 ACC. BLDS. ) 3.SO• -- FT. NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET •NON.RESID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50 CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW( I declare under penalty of perjury (check one) ❑ 1 am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification ❑ I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do ,the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044) I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044) O I am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code forthis reason POWER APPARATUS ) & SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) BAL @ �.so Ex. Occu FIXED )OR p' ( OUTLETS (RESIDRESIDE . EA. ) 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 23.00 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. ❑ 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services, Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a rtlficate of Consent to Self -insure. I shall not employ any person inanymannerso asto become subject to the Worker's Compensation laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit will be revoked. PERMIT FEE $ 66.00 Contractor MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Contractor 1 certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. 1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said Countt/-irf—'iSsequence of the r of this permit. X rbill toThis Siture of Applicant - ❑ Owner O Contractor Agent rof g • An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ occ CONST. TYPE TOTAL FEE $ 175.10 HAZ. D. FEES IMP -- 8000 --- CoF PARCEL PD --- HD ISSUE permit is hereby issued under the applicable the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions indicated above for which fees have been DIRECTO WORKSQ ey PERMIT EXPIRES ON r (Da el provisions to do work paid. > / Date 1 f (O gy 7 Receipt No. 148187 WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT 'l COU TY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEyEL&NIENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION f'� 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 ^. PERMIT NO. APPLICATION AND PERMIT 9" ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBE /) ©� `� f/ zON,'1_ D BUILDING PERMIT OWNER f6/ P�AV TEL''O"F- _"A 0Cl>JIpJ OWNER'S MAI (i AD ESS ^� Y ��I Al �� 5() v/I YV V 59Z8 SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION d T o 11 CONTAACTOIN j O TELEPHONE CONTRACTS MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace CONSTRUCTION LENDER UNKNOWN Total Valuation $ Filing Fee 20.00 LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Permit Fee $ s ©ID ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. Plan Checking Fee $ Energy Plan Checking Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS Penalty $ BUILDING ADDRESS PERMIT FEE $ �- PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15.00 LOT NO.SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 USE OF STRUCTURE &A6�/ ew,3 SF ❑ Duplex O Mobilehome ❑ Other /�1G / V��! s� Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home S G W @20.00 TYPE OF WORK /� � NevN �f' Addition El Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installatio ❑ Other ❑ Describe Work: �'3 1-1(r(4 Wpm A �5 Z4., PERMIT FEE $ Contractor ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 r/\ /�� jT� �� D�� U /�! Main Service ( 'OVOR LESS ) 200A OR LESS 23.00 3 Main Service ( 200A TO IOOOA ) 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. OR ADDNS. ( 6 ACC. BLOS. ) 3.50 SFr,D. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW( I declare under penalty of perjury (check one) ❑ 1 am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification ❑ I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044) ❑ I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044) ❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code forthis reason NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET -NON-RESID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50 POWER APPARATUS ) & SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) B20@1:00 Ex. Occup.FIXED APR OR ( OUTLETS IRESID ID.1 EA. ) 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 p WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE I declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. ❑ I have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services, Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a Certificate of Consent to Self -insure. ❑ I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's Compensation laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit will be revoked. PERMIT FEE $ , �Q Contractor MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Contractor ' I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue again t said County in consequence of the granting of this permit. Q �J X Date v -2 Signature of Applicant - ❑ Owner ❑ Contractor ❑ Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ OCC CONST. TYPE TOTAL FEES 5 Hoz• D. FEES IMP FLOOD OF PARCEL PD � HD ISSUE This permit is hereby issued under of the Butte County Code and/or indicated above for which fees have DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC By PERMIT EXPIRES ON the applicable provisions Resolutions to do work been paid. WORKS Date lOetel Receipt Nd. 7 WHITE-O.O.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT ' p 4 ''-•,,��.�"'v^f`,,1"lrr'.�+,�,�r'f'.'r�+�'�-a'+`'T-�-aW�^'W's,r�.r:4�,.�.,r�yti,.,�-•rFi,,,,-1�Lrm,�'v.*rT-'-'•�r'r.r,,�4'Y..,ria..,.-_r•..�`.^-'L.s�'.+--�,+"`Lvu.-.�n.r'�'"-r-�'�.,.,,.+._.�. � COUNTYOF BUTTE - DEPARTMENTOF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA95965 -TELEPHONE (916) 538-7541 PERMIT APPLICATION DATASHEET OWNER % N( Cfoup A. No. C')��� O Q- %L Proposed Building Use ,� I -e */ _ABuilding Inspector Date �3 At time of permit application, I was advised the following data must be submitted prior to permit processing and/or issuance: DATE RECENED BY 1. All items have been submitted . ........................................ 0 2. Plot plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans . .......................... �i�-- 3, Complete plans, 3/4 sets, signed by preparer of plans. ......... Or lD .4. Engineered plans and calcs, 3/4 sets, with wet signature on plans . ............. 5. Hazardous Material Form . ............................................. 6. Energy Design Compliance and supporting documentation . .................. 7. Statement of Intent for Non -Heated and A/C Buildings . ...................... 8. Engineered truss details and layout in duplicate (required prior to plan check). ... . 9. Mobilehome data and manufacturer's installation instructions, 2 sets. ........... 10. Fees of $......................................... 11. Impact fees as shown on attached schedule . .............................. 12. California Department of Forestry plan approval/fees. ........................ 13. Flood elevation letter (100 year flood) by California Engineer . ................. . 14. Sanitation and plot plan approval Health Department . ............ 15. City of Chico plumbing permit . ........................................ . 16. Plot plan and business license approval from City of Biggs/Gridley. Qt 17. Planning approval for (A) Use: V oe�'p (B) Parking: u) P 18. Contact Land Development,a bout (A) Improvements (B) Drainage. .......... . 19. Driveway permit (construction approval required prior to occupancy). . . ' Pre -Inspection requas� 20. Pre -inspection for required. . to Building Inspector (Date) 21. Contractor's license information. (No., Name Style, Classification) . .............. 22. Certificate of Workmans Compensation Insurance . .......................... 23. Owner -Builder Verification (Given to owner , Mail to owner . .......... . A24. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement . .................. 25. Letter of signature authorization. . 26. Copy of recorded deed of parcel creation and 60 right of way to a public road. .... . 27. Letter of intent on building use. ........................................ . 28. Mobilehome utility clearance . .......................................... 29. Documentation of legal access . ..................... :.................. 30. Documentation of 50% subdivision developed or (A) Road improvements completed and (B) Parcel meets zoning area and frontage requirements . ............... 31. Existing violations/expired permits . ...................................... 32. Plan check list . ..................................................... 33. 34. When ou issue the permit, process as follows: Mail to owner. Mail to contractor. Telephone 3�/''�'-6�8g and hold for pickup at i�(/(/ /o office. Deliver with inspector. Other Parcel Creation Acreage Applicant Date Copy of Haz-Mat form sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Air Pollution Date Copy of plans sent Health Dept. Fire Dept. Other Date By The following data must be submitted prior to permit issuance: (Circle new item not checked above). 1. Index permit for above items No. 2. Additional items required: Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone _ mail Counter by _ Date Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of above required data by _ phone _ mail Co t r by _Date Plans checked by Date Plans approved by _0 Date glum Sets of plans on hold in File cabinet AP folder Copy - Department of Public Works D mN D kl'YV-E - k PPS- R�--o i o 99&0 -F-u UCYL 3 SFS- 6 7 i�`1 -A 4414'Y !2wP nOT TD 3af<r PAG- s y /6 av \ Oc9rC, /6 X � •f6 " o�sK a x fIop , BUTTE o0UN7Y 11 aOEPN3'TMEidT APPRO'1/�D J BY: J t R DATE: 8 / 19 ?) JOB NO: .q 17)-> PAGE (!�p OF hbdhStar ENGINEERING Civil Engineers • Planners • Surveyors 20 DECLARATION DRIVE CHICO, CALIFORNIA 95926 916-893-1600 I MOUNTED FOR VERTICAL POLARIZATION 27 mm) - -- --TOR SO OMd TYPE MATES UO -21/U Ur-Q4/U 1.INSERT FEED UNTIL COLLAR IS FLUSH VHIZEEOARKSTARE AND AALL NN D 2.373 IN. (i 2.TIGHTEN SET SCREWS MAX. O.O. mal..�`E-.: -YM STAT INO (NOT SUPPL Fal. UP N AHLLLL�AE S. lol PR SER i ES PARAFLECTOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS MEDFORD. OREOON (VSA) (903) 770-4300 TELEX: 131861 SCALA KF FAxi (503) 779-3991 U K, �� :.. ..... CO • ..., rt�v.owTRi O 1 /NOV/92 110-4o6004-1 INSERT TOP PORTION OF SCREEN INTO BOTTOM PORTION AND SECURE AS SHOWN, WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE PROVIDED. ` TWO PLACES i � 1 t (DZ/0-18 X 8/8" S/S HEX HEAD CAP SCREW ® 3/0" S/S MEDIUM SPLIT LOCKWASHER PR SERI E SLl.R M. P A R A F L E C T O R M=F(Wo, aeeocm (-A) SCREEN ASSEMBLY (607) 77S6� reg.(. t4�77 800 uer IAxt (boa) 779--3911 414 NORTHSTAR ENGINEERING 20 Declaration Drive Chico, CA 95926 (916) 893-1600 FAX (916) 893-2113 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS BuTfE OOUNiY,�,, . BUL" OEPARTMW APPROVED - ,,/9 H 91//93 PROJECT POI, C-, FOO©T N G1 JOB NO. 49 -522 LOCATION HuHgol,DT R.aA'D, (:_-Hlco DATE CODES .MATERIALS: LOADS: Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition AISC, Manual of Steel Construction, -9th Edition ACI, Vanual of Concrete Practice, 1988 Edition AITC, Timber Construction Manual Concrete:f1c=2500 psi @ 28 Days Masonry: f1m=1500 psi Mortar: f1c=1800 psi, Type "S" Grout: f'c=25 H%psi @ 28 days Steel- Reinforcing: A-615 "Grade 40 for #4:&.smaller A-615 Grade 60 for #5 acid : larger Structural Steel: ASTM A-36 Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Grade B Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade A or B Machine Bolts: ASTM A307 Grade A Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307 Grade,A Wood Connectors: Simpson Strong -Tie or equal. -Type "B" Holdown anchorage. Wood: Light Framing: Const .Grade Douglas Fir Strutt Lt Framing: #2 Grade D.F. Joists & Planks: #2 Grade D.F. Beams & Stringers: #1 Grade D.F. Posts & Timbers: #1 Grade D.F. Plywood: A.P.A.. Rated Sheathing, Grade CD, UBC Std 25-9 Glue -Lam Timber: ANSI/AITC A190.1-1988 & UBC Std 25-10 Simple Spans: 24F -V4 Combination Cantilevers: 24F -V8 Combination ARE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED ? No Roof Live Load (psf ) Floor Live Load (psf) : Seismic Zone 3 QQ�p�S. ESS10��! cc No. C34257 s�.w �IVId �Q Wind Speed (mph) % Exposure: elf �f CAl\�O�A Allowable Soil Bearing (psf) Ioo R. C. E. 34257 Page 1 of 8 Reg. Eimir" 9-30-95 FILE COPY BY: —7 rl R DATE: Pj'9 J JOB NO: 49 �)3 PAGE Z OF 4 * L� CAUE�� ;IENGINEERING Civil Engineers • Planners • Surveyors 20 DECLARATION DRIVE CHICO, CALIFORNIA 95926 916-693-1600 1 7 I 7 ■■ :. ; , �� :�, .:.; ■ ■■■■■■■■■ ■rte■=�■ ■■ M ■ ■ ■■■■■ ■■ ■■■■■■■MEN■ ■� • e, ■ ENO 0 WEEIINIMMIN ■■■■■ "M ■ ■ ■1 �� ■■■■N■■ ■n■■■ ■ r ■■. I ■ ■ ■ 'N ®■ ■17■■■■■■ t ■■ - E■■ ■■■■ ■■■■■■ rR7 ■■■ M No ■ M ' � ■ ■ ■■i ■moi ■ ■ 'i i �■ ■■■ o ■■ ■m■■ MENN moms ■ ■■■ ',`■ E■■■■ M MEN ONE ■ n■ ■ ■ESE 0 MENEM m■ IN ONE NEON O■Immm ■■ ■■ '� ■ ■ ■■■ ' M ■■E NOME ■■■■■ NONE M■■ ■ ■O■■ ■ ■■■■■■ ■ ■ ■ - - Ci ■■ ■. ■ON■ ■■ ■■.. MMEM1 ■■NONE .. . ... ■.■ .I ■ ■ NM ■■NE■ ■■■ ENE■■■■N� 0..■IN ■ ■■.■EEN■■N ■■■■■■ ■MI_ ■N■ - 1 7 I 7 BY: ill P, DATE: 3/9 3 JOB NO: 4933 PAGE 3 OF q- .ttiES5 �S—qo" NO. C34257 r �%- LOF®� NGINEERING Civil Engineers • Planners • Surveyors 20 DECLARATION DRIVE CHICO, CALIFORNIA 95926 916-893-1600 1t smomm INE ENNEEME ONE No ON 1170 ME mmoommommommummom MlMllMMlMMMMMM Ml ME M OEM mommoms ME! MlMl 1111111MEM ME Of iii . m �■iai 'o�i■ aiiiiilEll OEM =MEMO mmmmmmmm� EMEN,�MiMEMNON NEON MENEl 0M ME M No0 NoMEMEN IN Ir ME MENm mom NINSWE NOONUSE mom MEN 0 11111111 1mloom NEONMEN RONNIE M No m ME MINE MEMOMOM M�� •s � roI I �► e � •. N4 m BY: JMR NORTHSTAR ENGINEERING DATE: 8-27-93 20 DECLARATION DRIVE JOB NO: 4933 CHICO, CA 95926 PG -40F (916)893-1600, DETERMINE THE REQUIRED DEPTH OF EMBEDMENT TO RESIST LATERAL LOADS WHERE NO CONSTRAINT IS PROVIDED AT THE GROUND SURFACE. USE 1991 UBC -EQUATION FOUND IN SECTION 2907(g)2.A. MINIMUM LATERAL BEARING AT 1' BELOW GRADE = 285 PSF (SEE NOTE 2 FOR ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING) IS 1/2 INCH OF MOVEMENT AT THE GROUND SURFACE OKAY DUE TO SHORT TERM LATERAL LOADS ? (YES OR NO) ENTER (1 FOR YES) OR (0 FOR NO) 1 LATERAL BEARING AT 1 FOOT BELOW GRADE = 570 PSF S.4 �� S. 4® (SEE NOTE 1 FOR INCREASE) EQUATION d = (A/2) * (1 + SQUARE ROOT [ 1 + (4.36h/A) ]) NO57 WHERE A = 2.34P / (S1 "b) = 1.137 ���lV1� or CAO P = 905 LBS (APPLIED LATERAL FORCE) S1 = 1330 PSF (ALLOWABLE LATERAL SOIL -BEARING R. C. E. 34257 PRESSURE PER UBC TABLE NO. 29-B Reg. Expires 9-30-95 BASED ON 1/3 THE EMBEDMENT DEPTH) b = 1.4 FEET (DIAMETER OF ROUND POST OR FOOTING OR DIAGONAL DIMENSION OF SQUARE POST OR FOOTING) 4 h = 33.3 FEET (DISTANCE FROM GROUND SURFACE TO POINT OF APPLICATION OF P) d1 = 7 FEET (ASSUMED DEPTH OF EMBEDMENT IN EARTH BUT NOT OVER 12 FEET FOR PURPOSE OF COMPUTING LATERAL PRESSURE) d = .7 FEET MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIRED (CONTINUE TO RUN THE PROGRAM UNTIL d IS WITHIN 0.1 FEET OF dl) NOTES: 1. IF 1/2 INCH OF MOVEMENT IS OKAY AT THE GROUND SURFACE DUE TO SHORT TERM LATERAL LOADS, THEN S1 VALUE MAY BE DOUBLED. 2. S1 ALLOWABLE IS 200 PSF MINIMUM PER BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 37 r�t' (SITE ..}<'PA6AIR` ; . C H' V 00 ,c.Bs�`.a •�• � Sws°' al^+�" �„ '. � '�` �- rem : 'a' N� 6' � 9-$7 moi`'•' „� � �� i; �OrfJTI�'.l�9P � FO rg \ \ x vas i¢• 199t.fo P, Fo µ` 5� t 30 \I X o � .o X MOUNTED FOR VERTICAL. POLARIZATION 27 me) - -- --TOR SO OHM TYPE MATES UO -21/V uo-04/u 1.1NSERT FEED UNTIL COLLAR IS FLUSH AGAINST CASTING AND WF1tTEEMARKS ARE 2.375 IN. 2.TICHTEN SET SCREWS MAX. O.O. :,Q` �N (NOT SUPPL FACTNf3 UPNSAL 44"1193.101 PR SER i ES PARAFLECTOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS CALLA ELECTRONIC CORP ATICN NEDFORD. OREGON (VSA) (703) 770-6300 TELEX: 131"61 SCALA %Kr FAXt (503) 770-3001 O z 0 O N —11 OATRI 1 O1/NOV/9Z1 PAS E-:- z�o� I P•-408004-1 INSERT TOP PORTION OP SCREEN INTO BOTTOM PORTION AND SECURE AS SHOWN, WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE PROVIDED. @3/6-18 X 5/8" S/5 HEX HEAD CAP SCREW (%)3/846 S/S MED I UM SPLIT LOCKWASHER I M PR SER I ES «Re�'�.�t.�a P A R A F L E C T O R MMFORD, OREOM (USA) 5CRE6N ASSEMBLY (��) ��a*CAL TEL,.( 3), 7'1 6(10, 6I6K IAXt (600) 77"t,I o (/- aq0' 6�� Microflect Apri123, 1997 George Kellogg Plan Check Engineer Butte County Building Division 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965-3397 Dear Mr. Kellogg: Subject: Permit #97-0174 In response to our customer's request, we are submitting typical calculations for tower welds and leg flanges at one location on the tower. These calculations are representative of the rest of the tower. Additional information can be found on dra7ings B-95685 Tt wer stress analysis), D-58335 (member and loading .summary), and B-59847 (slab foundation layouts). I have enclosed copies of Microflect's ICBO Evaluation Report and Quality Assurance Manual. C A(s- C — 3 1-� i1A-As Icr Ere �n Please feel free to 'call me at (503) 315-4515 if you require additional information. Sincerely, Thomas Kammerer, P.E. Project Engineer cc: Jeffrey Grassman, P.E. PLANT ADDR ESS 3575 251^ Street SE Salem,. Oregon 97302-1190 TELECOM M U N ICATIONS Telephone (503) 363-9267 FAX (503) 363-4613 MAIL I NG ADDRESS P.O. Box 12985 Salem OR USA 97309-0985 F Li �a � flange_2 a"I L fOcL�1 ref. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 5th Ed., formula 1f, page 336. Solve for allowable tension: t 0.875 in thickness of flange bcr 3 in bolt circle radius legrad 1.75 in pipeleg radius sif 1 allow. stress increase factor fy .36 ksi flange plate yield stress t allow 68.28758 k max applied tension at max allowable flange plate bending stress_ ��.� Solve for required plate thickness: nbolts 4 number of bolts v �L bcr 3 in bolt circle radius legrad 1.75 in pipeleg radius sif 1 allow. stress increase factor fy 36 ksi flange plate yield stress tension 45.1 k applied tension treq_r 0.711091 required flange thickness (uplift, formula 1f) L427 A 3 vS j/ ge1fiS� G " O J y \ v . --- I- -.-C;\? "" ,f 4 - ��v A 3 7 S ��(fS Y- 4- -S_4 - > �6 U lam. +a f7 c n (Af title: 700 series bay lh bottorn tw 0.1875 in nominal fillet weld size nw 2 number of welds diaweld 6 in diameter of weld fw 70 ksi ' tensile strength of weld material sif 1 allow. stress increase factor aw 4.997484 in^2 area of weld il— -2— p 45.1 k applied tension (use leg capacity) - , O 2 G fw 9.024541 ksi max. weld tensile stress fw a 21 ksi alow. weld tensile stress Zlb 8� L « 13 LQ ± � b LAJ title: 700 series bay lh leg tab at top end of bottom diag. place origin at farthest point of included angle (perp welds) or at top/bot of (single weld). weld returns neglected input: xi 0 in xj 0 in twx 0.125 in nwx 2 yi 0 in yj -3.25 in twy 0.125 in nwy 2 plmag 2.65 k plang 327.5 deg p2mag 0 k p2ang 0 deg p3mag 0 k p3ang 0 deg e1x 2.125 in ely -2.375 in e2x 0 in e2y 0 in e3x 0 in e3y 0 in calculations: Lx 0 in awx 0 in^2 cx 0 in awcx 0 in^3 ly 3.25 in awy 0.574438 in^2 cy -1.625 in awcy -0.93346 in^3 awtot 0.574438 in^2 cgx 0 in cgy -1.625 in dxx 0 in dyy 0 in dxy 0 dyx -1.625 ix1 0 in^4 ix2 0 in^4 ix3 0 in^4 iy1 0.505625 in^4 iy2 0 in^4 iy3 0 in^4 j 0.505625 in^4 vx1 2.234987 k vy1 -1.42384 k vx2 0 k vy2 0 k vx3 0 k vy3 0 k vxtot 2.234987 k vytot -1.42384 k elxcg -.2.175 in elycg -0.75 in e2xcg 0 in e2ycg 0 in e3xcg 0 in e3ycg 0 in mx1 -1.67624 in -k myl 3.025668 in -k mx2 0 in -k my2 0 in -k mx3 0 in -k my3 0 in -k mtot 1.349428 in -k cv 1.625 in ch 0 mcvj 4.336854 mchj 0 vax 3.890741 vay -2.47868 results for vert OR horiz fvh 8.227595 ksi fvv 2.478675 ksi fvr 8.592854 ksi fhh 0 ksi fhv 0 ksi fhr 0 ksi results for vert AND horiz fhh 3.890741 ksi fhv -2.47868-ksi fhr 4.613209 ksi "x" coordinate of near end of horiz weld "x" coordinate of far end of horiz weld nominal thickness of horiz weld number of horiz welds 'ly coordinate of near end of vert weld "y" coordinate of far end of vert weld nominal thickness of vert. weld number of vert. welds first load magnitude first load polar angle wrt leg second load magnitude second polar angle wrt leg third load magnitude third load polar angle wrt leg "x" coordinate for pl "y" coordinate, for pl "x" coordinate for p2 "y" coordinate for p2 "x" coordinate for p3 "y" coordinate for p3 Length of horiz weld area of horiz weld "x" coordinate of cg horiz weld (awx)x(cx) Length of vert weld area of vert weld "y" coordinate of cg vert weld (awy)x(cy) total weld area "x" coordinate of cg weld group "y" coordinate of cg weld group "x" relative dist from cx horiz weld to "y" relative dist from cy vert weld to "x" relative dist from vert weld to cgx _ "y" relative dist from horiz weld to cgy weld group moment of inertia of horiz weld parallel axis theorom, horiz weld about vert -cg axis parallel axis theorom, horiz weld about horiz cg axis moment of inertia of vert weld parallel axis theorom, vert weld about horiz cg axis parallel axis theorom, vert weld about vert cg axis polar moment of inertia of weld group horiz component of first load vert component of first load horiz component of second load vert component of second load horiz component of third load vert component of third load total horiz shear total vert shear "x" position of first load wrt cg weld group "y" position of first load wrt cg weld group "x" position of second load wrt cg weld group "y" position of second load wrt cg weld group "x" position of third load wrt cg weld group "y" position of third load wrt cg weld group moment from first load horiz component about cg weld group moment from first load vert component about cg weld group moment from second load horiz component about cg weld group moment from second load vert component about cg weld group moment from third load horiz component about cg weld group moment from third load vert component about cg weld group total moment about cg weld group (cw positive) dist from cg weld group to extreme fiber in vert dir dist from cg weld group to extreme fiber in horiz dir max shear in vert weld, due to moment or torque max shear in horiz weld, due to moment or torque weld shear due to horiz shear weld shear due to vert shear line weld: vert weld case, max horiz stress vert weld case, max vert stress vert weld case, max resultant weld stress — horiz weld case, max horiz stress horiz weld case, max vert stress horiz weld case, max resultant weld stress combined weld: max horiz weld horiz stress max horiz weld vert stress max horiz weld resultant weld stress Z7u .. DESIGN CRITERIA ANTENNAS MATERIALS & CODES WIND: 100 mph (40 psf) 1. (3) DB 222 ® 80' on Top Flange Mounts. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36 & A53 GR.B ICE: None 2. (6) 08 806TL ® 60' on 3' Standoffs ERECTION BOLTS: ASTM A325X & SAE GR.5 SOIL: EIA -C 'Normal' (assumed) (3 up, 3 down). ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A449 3. (6) DB 806TL ® 40' on 3' Standoffs (3 up. 3 down). STEEL: AISC 9TH EDITION CONCRETE: ACI 318-89 INDUSTRY: EIA -C BAY TOWER ELEV. (FT.) BAY DEAD LOAD (KIPSI BAY WIND LOAD (KIPSI WIND 80 0.06 0.09 LEF70 76 0.08 1 0.16 73 0.07 0.14 1 .752 0.08 0.15 N 0)®� 0.08 0.15 0.08 0.14 CK TK -'16- 0.09 0.17 LF 56 0.11 0.20 53 0.11 0.19 50 0.11 1 0.20 46 0.11 0.21 43 0.11 0.20 40 0.13 0.27 LG 35 0.16 0.33 30 0.16 0.34 25 0.16 0.34 20 0.19 1 0.37 LH 15 0.21 0.39 10 0.21 0.39 5 0.21 0.40 0 O.tO 170.19 TOWER MODEL: 32-1-700-80' LE Applied wind -1 Applied �T wind -2 PLAN } I I 2'-8' ---I 7' - 0' F -- ELEVATION ED FO LGD ANT. ANT. DEAD WIND R & B TELECOM LOAD LOAD o (KIPS) (KIPSI ANT. n 1 2 1 3_ .123 .192 .438 1 .752 546 1 .900 NOTES: LHD 1) Boy wind and dead loads include efffects of tower members, step bolls, and 1 run of 7/8' coax per antenna. 2) Worst case antenna wind shear has been applied in two directions in order to obtain maximum lower member stresses. 3) Maximum lower twist/sway ® 20 psf (bws) is 0.26° m STRESS ANALYSIS R & B TELECOM o SITE: CHICO ONE. CA A CD f m � -n �� BY 21- N 0)®� 0 °n CK TK -'16- LA U r. 3575 25TH STREET S.E. m DATE 5NOV96 SALEM.OR 97302 m S.O. 39399 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 x The method used to analyze this tower structure is based upon a computerized direct element stiffness matrix technique (Ref. 1). This technique assumes elastic material properties and is based upon the following formulations: (P) - IKl (X) where (P) - applied nodal loads (K) - structural stiffness matrix (X) • nodal displacements This equation is solved for (X) by means of a modified Gauss -Jordon elimination technique. The nodal displacements are then utilized to calculate member end forces and moments. Microflecl's implementation of this technique allows for three-dimensional frames with nodal loads. Truss members may be input by specifying beam member end moment releases. Supports and/or support settlements may be input by specifying nodal displacements. The resulting computer output consists of nodal displacements, member end forces and moments, and support reactions: Ref. 1: MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. 2nd Edition, Chu -Kia Wang. International Textbook Co.. Scranton, Pennsylvania. 1970 LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR CRITICAL MEMBERS MEM. SECTION TYPE L r KL/r AREA FSA . BOLTS ALLOW. LOADt BEARING SHEAR flnl (In) (In2) (Kips) OTY.-DIA. ALLOW. ALLOW. MEMBER F.S. TO AXIAL LOAD AISC (Kips) ALLOW LEGS LEL Pipe 2 3/8' 00 X .148w 37.7 0.789 47.8 1.04 25.7 3.64 7.06 LFL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 36.8 0.947 38.9 1.70 44.2 15.4 2.87 LGL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 57.7 0.947 60.9 1.70 38.3 30.7 1.25 LHL PIPE 3 1/2 OD x .216w 56.9 1.160 49.1 2.23 54.6 45.1 1.21 DIAGONALS LED L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 46.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.17 4.12 0.94 3.37 LFD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 55.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 1.15 3.16 LGD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 78.4 0.296 136 0.359 2.90 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 2.65 1.09 LHD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 90.4 0.347 134 0.422 3.51 1 - 1/20 1/8 4.08 4.12 2.44 1.44 GIRT LEG L 2 1/2 x 2 x 3/16 25.6 427 89.9 .809 8.55 1 - 1/20 3/16 4.25 4.12 0.61 6.75 NOTES: 1. KI/r computed in accordance with ASCE Manual 52. 2. All 1/2' 0 bolls are Gr. 5. all 5/8' 0 bolls are A325. 3. Girt and diagonal material is A36. while lower legs ore A53 GR.B(min Fy 50 ksi, certified). :E Z o a M STRESS ANALYSIS R & B TELECOM N SITE: CHICO ONE, CA o n w m m O T ®� 0� +� 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM.OR 97302 1503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 BY ZI CK TK 1 DATE 5NOV96 S.O. 39399 BASE REACTIONS TOWER OVERTURNING MOMENT - 274 kip -ft TOTAL TOWER SHEAR - 6.86 kips TOWER WEIGHT - 3.72 kips MAX. SHEAR PER LEG - 3.61 kips TOWER BASE WIDTH - 7 feel TOWER HEIGHT - 80 feel LEAST LEG FACTOR OF SAFETY - 1 NUMBER OF LEGS - 3 Uplift - Base moment x Leg F.S. Tower Wt. - Base width x 0.866 3 Download Bose moment x Leg F.S. + Tower Wt. Base width x 0.866 3 Shear -Leg Shear . Base moment x (Leg F.S.-1) � 2 x Tower Ht. FACTORED OVERTURNING MOMENT - 274 kip -ft FACTORED TOWER SHEAR - 6.86 kips MAXIMUM UPLIFT PER LEG - 44.0 kips MAXIMUM DOWNLOAD PER LEG - 46.4 kips MAXIMUM SHEAR PER LEG - 3.61 kips ANCHOR BOLTS Ref.: AISC's ASD 9th edition, section J3.5. table J3.3 MATERIAL : A449 (Fu - 120 ksi min.) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR - 1 USE 4 - 5/8' dia. bolls/leg on a 6' boll circle 44.0 It - _ 35.5 ksi 3.61 fv - 2.91 ksi 4 x 0.31 ALLOWABLE ANCHOR BOLT TENSILE STRESS - 39.6 ksi >- 35.5 ksi--OK BASE PLATE Ref: 'Formulas for Stress and Strain', 51h Edition. ROARK & YOUNG AISC 91h Edition, minimum edge distance per table J3.5 MATERIAL: ASTM A36 (Fy - 36 ksi) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR - 1 DIAMETER OF BASE LEG - 3 1/2' CONCRETE BEARING PRESSURE - 2100 psi FOR DOWNLOAD CONDITION. MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula 21) 0.8 in. ` /4 -- FOR UPLIFT CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula below) 0.79 in. < 0.875 in. OK USE PLATE 7 1/2' dia. x 7/8' thick. Fy - 36 ksi 3 x Uplift x (D - B) 1/2 1 2 x N x 8 x .75 x Fy x Sit x SIN (180/N) I where: I - required base plate thickness Uplift - applied uplift reaction 0 - radius of boll circle B - radius of pipe leg N - number of anchor bolls/leg Fy • base plate yield strength Sit - stress increase factor :E m STRESS ANALYSIS ` zM M R & B TELECOM 0 SITE: CHICO ONE, CA W 5 m o Ln o z (A -n ®WU BY ZL CK TK./k N r m r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. DATE 5NOV96 SALEM,OR 97302 S.O. 39399 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 x SLAB FOUNDATION DESIG REF. MICROFLECT DRAWING B-59847 TOWER FACE WIDTH L ' A GRADE — Q TOP DABS of - /— BOTTOM BARS -_— DIMENSIONS: Slab width - 12.5 feet Slab thickness - 39.0 inches Cap height - 0.000 inches Cap size - 0.000 inches Tower face width - 7.00 feet Number of tower legs - 3 Depth of fill - 0.000 inches Depth from final grade - 0.000 feel to slab bottom TOWER BASE REACTIONS: Overturning moment 274 ft -kips Total tower shear - 6.86 kips Maximum leg shear - 3.61 kips Tower weight - 3.72 kips OUTPUT SUMMARY: Stability ratio - 1.60 OK Net soil bearing pressure - 1.68 ksf OK Volume of concrete - 18.8 cu. yds. Slab two-way shear: OK Slab beam shear: OK SLAB WIDTH ISOUAREI MATERIAL PARAMETERS: Allowable net soil bearing pressure - 4.00 ksf Soil factor of safety - 2.50 (q_ull/q_aI0. Concrete compressive strength - 3000 psi Rebar yield strength - 60000 psi Density of concrete - 0.150 kcf Density of soil - 0.100 kcf Density of fill - 0.000 kcf Allowable stress increase factor - 1.00 e .NOTES: 1. If 'depth from final grade to slab bottom' is not known. it is conservatively assumed to be zero. 2. This design melhodolgy assumes a rigid slab (Ref. ACI 336.2 R-88). REINFORCEMENT REOUIREMENTS: (ASTM A615 Gr. 60) Minimum reinforcement areas: Top bars - 4.68 sq. inches, Bottom bars - 5.85 sq. inches. Top bars: Use 16-n5 (each way) ® 9.60 inch spacing, length - 12.00 ft.. total weight - 401 lbs. Bottom bars: Use 19-a5 (each way) ® 8.00 inch spacing, length - 12.00 ft., total weight - 476 lbs. :E = STRESS ANALYSIS Z R & B TELECOM 0 SITE: CHICO ONE, CA C13 Ln -n BY ZL 01 00 ®O� c CK TK r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. DATE 5NOV96 SALEM, OR 97302 S.O. 39399 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 R B B ANCHOR BOLT DATA SLAB DIMENSIONS Ln Clu C TOWER BASE C DIMENSION N 17 SLAB FOUNDATION ELEVATION VIEW 3" TYP. 41181A4 1 15/16 1 15/16 TOWER BASE DIMENSION 4-51 FNCH A 6" ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 13' BASE THRU 32' BASE ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 68' BASE TIRU 84' BASE 4-5/80, 27' ANCHOR BOLTS - I ON A 5 112' DIA. CIRCLE .7d 60• (� 1 -1120. 22' ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 4 1/2' DIA. CIRCLE • .0f 2 3/8 �. •\� 2 318 1 318 1 318 2 3/8 TOWER BFlSE DI1gNSI0N ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 37' BASE TH7U 61' SRSE 4-5/80, 27' R.B.'S 3-1120. 22• A.B.'S DEL. NUTS 6 m F. W. TYP, N�. Q ry ¢ T LEVELING NUTS 6 DARIN RATE II NUT 8 L . EACH SIDE BERRING PLATE TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL GROUT ALL TOWERS WITH 37' T/RU 84' BASE GENERAL NOTES: I. Pr ,or to ext evat,on, check the area for underground facilities. 2. RII reinforcing shall be int -mad ate grade deformed bars conform- ,ng to RSTM MIS Grade 60 (60,000 ps, min, ye, Id) and shell be pro- vidad by the foundation contractor. 3. All concrete shell have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI 'Standard &,,]ding Code for Reinforced Concrete', RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation draw,ng. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. Ri It the or moved, the excess excavation shall be replacetl antl compacted. S. TZ.rebe wr ing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. S. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete ,s assumed to weigh 150 pcf. 8. Ory Packing Procedures: M,x 2 parts and. one part cement, and add Just enough water to allow mo ld,ng a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a m Imum. ITh is minimizes the possibility of shrinkage ehen the mortar, dry -mixed for max imam density and strength, is packed in place.) The packingshall be done by hand, rammingwith bars or calk, ng cools, or a combination thereof. S. Install equal quantity of .bar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design ,s based on EIR 'Normal" soil 14000 Psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid far soil oh,ch meets Or exceeds this criteria. 11. Maintain a minimum of 3" concrete cover to all rebar. REVISIONS ANCHOR BOLT DATA SLAB DIMENSIONS Ln Clu O 1- 0 h• 0 ED J u Z R B C D E JS F G�$ O W F O � 13' 3-1,20. 22' 4 112' DIA. 2 112' 5-6' 33• 26 112' 25 112' 11 114' 29 1/4' 24• 32-04 2.24 14' 3-1120. 22' 4 1/2' D[ A / • 2 12 - 5' 6' 33' 26' 4 / 2 IS 16' 1 2 I/8 20 / IS 16' 2 4' 32 -a4 2.2 4 16' 3-1120x 22' 4 112• DIA. 2 1/2• 6-0' 36' 28" 26 3/4' 13 718" 31 318' 24' 32-04 2.67 IB' 3-1/20, 22' 4 1/2' DIA. 2 112' 6-0' 36' 27' 25 5/8' IS 9/16' 30 13/16' 24" 32-44 2.67 21' 3-1120. 22' 4 112" DIA. 2 112" 6•-6' 39' 28 112' 26 718' 18 3/16' 32 15/16' 24• 36-414 3.13 24' 3-1120x 22' 4 112' DIR. 2 1/2' 6-6" 39' 27' 25 118' 20 13/16' 32 1/16' 27• 40-14 3.52 28' 3-1120. 22' 4 1/2' DIA. 2 1/2' 7'-9' 42' 28' 25 13/16' 24 1/4• 33 15/16' 27• 1 44-04 4.08 32' 3-1,20. 22' 4 112' DIA. 2 1/2' 7-6' 45' 29' 26 112' 27 11116' 35 13/16' 30' 32-05 5.21 37• 4-5180. 27' S 111' DIR. 4 1/2' 8'-0' 48' 29 1/2' 26 5/8' 32 1116' 37 5116' 33' 40-415 6.52 ,42• 4-5/90, 27' S 1/2' DIA. 4 112" 8-6" 51' 30' 26 3/4' 36 318', 38 7/8• 36' 44-05 8.03 48' 4-5/80, 27• 5 111" DIA. 4 112' 9'-0' 54 30' 26 5116' 41 9116' 40 118" 39' 52-45 9.75 54' 4-5/80, 27' S 112' DIA. 4 112• 9-6' 57• 30' 25 13116' 46 314' 41 7116' 39' 52-05 10.9 I• 4-5/80x 27' S 112' DIA. 4 112' 10'-0' 60' 29 1/2' 24 13/16' 52 13116' 42 318" 42" 60-05 13.0 68• 4-518 0x 27' 6• DIR. 4 112' 11'-0' 66' 32• 26 314' S8 7/8' 46 310' 36• 56-05 13.4 76' 4-5180x 27' 6' DIR. 4 1/2" 11'-6' 69' 31• 25 1/8• 65 13/16' 47 -- 1/16• 42' 68-05 17.1 84' 4-5180x 27' 6' DIR. 4 112' 12-6' 75' 33• 26 112' 72 314' 50 314• 39" 68-a5 18.8 4-5/80, 27' R.B.'S 3-1120. 22• A.B.'S DEL. NUTS 6 m F. W. TYP, N�. Q ry ¢ T LEVELING NUTS 6 DARIN RATE II NUT 8 L . EACH SIDE BERRING PLATE TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL GROUT ALL TOWERS WITH 37' T/RU 84' BASE GENERAL NOTES: I. Pr ,or to ext evat,on, check the area for underground facilities. 2. RII reinforcing shall be int -mad ate grade deformed bars conform- ,ng to RSTM MIS Grade 60 (60,000 ps, min, ye, Id) and shell be pro- vidad by the foundation contractor. 3. All concrete shell have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI 'Standard &,,]ding Code for Reinforced Concrete', RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation draw,ng. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. Ri It the or moved, the excess excavation shall be replacetl antl compacted. S. TZ.rebe wr ing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. S. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete ,s assumed to weigh 150 pcf. 8. Ory Packing Procedures: M,x 2 parts and. one part cement, and add Just enough water to allow mo ld,ng a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a m Imum. ITh is minimizes the possibility of shrinkage ehen the mortar, dry -mixed for max imam density and strength, is packed in place.) The packingshall be done by hand, rammingwith bars or calk, ng cools, or a combination thereof. S. Install equal quantity of .bar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design ,s based on EIR 'Normal" soil 14000 Psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid far soil oh,ch meets Or exceeds this criteria. 11. Maintain a minimum of 3" concrete cover to all rebar. REVISIONS In DESCRIPTION GATE BY/CI 68'-84- BASE 0 p� HAD 5 1/2' 3BMRY86 JS R.B. CIRCLES ., GO REh INSED REBRR 60CT87 75 REBRR WAS C GRROE 40. 25FERB PR CHMGD. REBAR JED OTY PER Gr60 6 MIN. STEEL ADDEDNOTES 0 10 AND 11. 20NOV95 ADDED TYP. CONC. COVER NOTE. 11 In . uCD 0 CL 0 ., GO 3 H u O H In ED u 0 w ~ � O 2 N W ¢ m 4. 3 ,.-O Z m 2 0 Hr J F O W m U) 1 O F�m O Wnn nX W tL In s , Q' m Q 0 = FEn WN ALn In J In N �m IS) 1 mD (S) n � m N ® m SHEET 1 OF I DWG. NO. B-59847 AW§M@AL9@y SHT. 1 OF 1 3575 25TH STREET,S.E. SALEM,OR 97302 (503)363-9267 FAX (503)363-4613 TRANSMITTAL MEMORANDUM RECEIVED To BQTT.E=COUNTY.-BUILDING DIVISION , S.O. 39399 .MAY 12 1997 iC77-COUNTY- CENTER DRIVE; Date 5/2/96 BUTTE -COUNTY ..;OROVIL'L'E-CA-95965-3397, Project 80' TOWER BUILDING DIVISION Site CHICO. CA Attention GEQRGE-KELLOGG We are sending the following: z Prints 1:1 Tracings 1:1Documents Oty Drawing Number Rev Description 1 B-95685 - STRESS ANALYSIS (SHEETS 1-4) 1 B-59847 - SLAB FOUNDATION 1 C-65137 - MASTER ERECTION (WITH ANNOTATIONS) ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION AS REQUESTED BY GEORGE KELLOGG OF THE BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DEPARTMENT PROFESSIONAL IVIL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (GR). 1 COPY OF EACH DRAWING ALSO SENT TO: R x B TELECOM, 3436 AMERICAN RIVER DRIVE t SUITE 2 SACRAMENTO, CA 95864-5715 ATTN: JOHN RYAN If material received is not as listed above. please notify us at once. MICROFLECT COMPANY, INC. N First Class Mail ❑ Express Mail ❑ Federal Express ❑ ❑ P1 ❑ SOS ❑ ECO THOMAS KAMMERER. P.E. Customer copy Engineering file Reading file M EM. ` . TO-: Ne,il McCabe, Assistant County Counsel FROM: Stuart Edell, Manager, Land Development Division, Public Works ;' SUBJECT: R & B Telecom, Use Permit 96-25, AP 011-040-027 portion DATE: June 24, 1997 The above referenced owners have leased a 0.168 acre site within a 49.59 acre parcel in an A-10 zone. Discussions with Mr. Ryan, indicate their company is not a public utility, but it is leasing tower space to communications companies, which are controlled by the P.U.C. Is this lease exempt from the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act? Copies of the proposed legal, plat, and letter dated June 23, 1997, from R & B. Telecom, are attached for your convenience. Your prompt consideration would be greatly appreciated. SE/kp Attachments cc*.✓ `"wilding Division, ATTN:. George Kellogg 6-23-1997 3:31PM FROM THE ROBBINS GROUP, 916 ASS 30SS R & B —ELECOM 3436 Pint dean River Drive, s uite 2 Sacramen to, CA 95864571!: FA:r:: covER DATE. TO:cf�f ZL FROW JOHN RYAN R 8 B Telecom SH*.EET PHONE: 3� - 72 6;6 FAX: 3 g Z /4- o PHONE: (916) 485-8750 FAX= (916) 485-3058 04v - d Z7 Numbcr cA pages including :over sheet: P_ 1 JV&7 c zf rH�f OPgT/ X060 .6,C, 664/2(J) AN., 66426.5 �'., ::::. �..'.'. :..:<.. :w •.f.: _.�;•:::%:."::x:....�!iso::E;..ea.m.Lti+x�.tpa1•SH�kSka'aY:.'S^�St��Caau 3436 AMERICAN RIVER DRIVE, SACRAMENTO, CA 95864 (916) 485-8750 FAx(91 6 485-3058 June 23, 1997 ■T e I e c • a wireless system sites • consulting Stuart Edell Butte County, Land Development 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 Regarding: Use Permit #UP 96-25; APN 011-040-027 Dear Mr. Edell: This referenced project involves the construction of a wireless radio equipment facility on leased land. We feel that this project is exempt from the subdivision requirements of the Map Act. We have constructed similar facilities in El Dorado County and Sacramento County and those agencies have determined that this type of project does not constitute a subdivision under the definition of the Map Act. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, / ' � Gf^ti )n'P. Ryan, NCE \* y�•zd E f N 1 o 84.03' 31' 41.47 x� ►-� 3 • l x i o / O ' O � N h N C � C 4/k] 4// O co co Q / • / / ,o J u k n �LCz uz W 3 '� V� Jt N r Q a. oak � M V h L r mw o } i O •v V �W O ,o J u k n �LCz V� Jt N r EXHIBIT "A" COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES LEASE A lease exclusively for the installation, operation and maintenance of a communication facility, including but not limited to, antennas and antenna support structures, microwave dishes, and structures to house cellular communication transmission equipment, power sources and other equipment incidental to the transmission of cellular communications, over the following described parcel of land, lying in the northeast quarter of Section 22, To 22 North, Range 2 East, M.D.M., Butte County, California and being more particularly described as follows: Commencing at a Cal -Trans concrete monument located on the southeasterly right-of-way line of State Route 32, 80.00 feet right of engineers centerlirie station (61) 328 +19.87 BC, of the Department of Public Works Survey between Chico and Hog Springs, Road Ill -But -47-B, as shown on that certain State Highway Map filed for record August 4, 1958 in State Highway Map Book No. 3 at page 35, Records of Butte County; thence N 83°46'31" E, 524.71 feet, to a one-half inch re -bar tagged L.S. 4208 and the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING for the herein described parcel of land; thence N 51 026'42"E, 118.14 feet to a one-half inch re -bar tagged L.S. 4208;' thence N 37056'20" W, 64.08 feet to a one-half inch re -bar tagged L.S. 4208; thence S 51 ° 11'23" W, 111.29 feet to a one-half inch re -bar tagged L.S. 4208; thence S 31047'48" E, .64.03 feet, to the point of beginning and containing 0.168 acres, more or less.. END OF DESCRIPTION Prepared by: 10 D SUR` �j�Risro�o Fro n D. 4ristoffersoon.S. G.D.A., Engineering rveying z 960511d 8130/96 No. 4208 G -30• oC.► p �9lFOF CAL\E�/ RECEIVED m n 0 8 1997 BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION TO: Neil McCabe, Assistant County Counsel FROM: Stuart Edell, Manager, Land Development Division, Public Works SUBJECT: R & B Telecom, Use Permit 96-25, AP 011-040-027 portion DATE: July 8, 1997 Pursuant to your request from our Jun. 24, 1997 memorandum attached is a copy of the lease agreement for the tower site on a portion of the above referenced' property. The owners are. anxious to begin construction as soon as possible.and are constantly contacting this office for a determination of whether or not their lease is in accordance with the provisions of County Code and the Subdivision Map Act. Your.usual quick response would be greatly appreciated. SE/kp Attachments cc: Building Division, ATTN: George Kellogg n R & B -TELECOM 3436 ,aar.c rican River Drive, :-suite 2 Sacranierto, CA 95864-571!;. F A ;)C;: C O V E R DATE: -7(Z Iq --? TO: FROYA: JOHN RYAN R & B Telecom S H E E T PHONE: FAX; ;57S 8 - a;� / -f 0 PHONE: (916) 485-8750 FAX: . (916) 485-3058 RE- Numb.tn- .:if pages including :over sh t: /n �vj j ' STANI.)ARD FORM LEASE AGREEMENT ' (Unimproved Land) (Location: Chico, California) THIS :zrANDARD FORM AGREEMENT (this "Lease") is entered into this 11th day of April, 1996 (the `?f1:-ctive Date") betweem JOHN D. DRAKE. DARWIN HAROLD SIMMONS, JAMES EDWARD SIMMOLMS ("!..andlord' ), and WES (SITE CHICO 1 PARTNERSHIP, a California General Partnership ('Tenant". For g' oc and valuable considen.tion, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties her• q :agree as follows: 1. 1: F:s:,rintion of Premises ar 1 Property. Tenant hereby leases from Landlord a portion (the "Premise,,") c ' the real property (the "Property") described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by 1.1 i:; eference. The Premi:.es, consisting of approximately 100 feet x 100 feet and is situated within the Proper -::• a:: described and/or dep cted in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this. reference. Tenant slut' •.)!:-tain a survey, at the a )1e cost of the Tenant, of the. Premises and upon receiving such, Tenant shall deliv;:i t1: ; certified legal descri )tion of the, Premises contained in such survey, which Landlord and Tenant agree shall. •ep:ace Exhibit B, and th•:n become the legal description of the Premises. 2. f_==,of Premises. The Pre nises may be used as a communications facility, including a facility for the transmissica: a.:d reception of radio c communication signals in any and all frequencies as may be authorized by the approp r ati. governmental authori. ies, for the construction and maintenance of related facilities, a tower, antennas, or br.ildings, and for related activities and uses. - 3. 'f -;r -t of Lease. :t., The term of this Leas shall commence on May 1, 1996 (the "Lease Commencement Date") and shall ota 1'.)r ten (10) years, subj *t however, to extension and early termination pursuant to the terrors of this Lease i::• Tenant shall have .the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) successive five (5) -year periods (tl:c. "Lxtension Terms") aft ..f the original term expires. Each such option to extend shall be deemed to have been ;t:iex:matically exercised by Tenant, unless, prior to the expiration of the then -cu.. t tenor,,, Tenant delivers L: nt ,'I ord written notice of it::: intent not to extend the term, in which case this Lease shall terminate at the end of : •te -hen-current term. Ea.:h Extension Term, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be upon the same terrnts a.n!' conditions as the ori;: final term of this Lease with the exception of Rent, which shall be. negotiated anJ subject to the mutual :-pproval of Landlord and tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the commences =.n. of said Extension Te: m(s). 4. keit,,. It. Commencing ninety (':!0) days (the "Rent Commencement Date") after the issuance of a county use permit . nr: a building permit or i ,hen Tenant takes possession of the property' which ever is first, and as consideratir,n i --)r Landlord's full pert )rmartce of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as rent (the "1;.ir.i "), three hundred dol ars ($300) per month. Further, if the Rent Commencement Date does not occur beh.- r.: " ,.ptetnber 1, 1996, the Landlord has the right to cancel this Lease by providing written notice to Tetrapi. Or dra first year anniversar. of the Lease Commencement Date and every anniversary date thereafter througho+.tt - lie 5term of this Lease, th.. Rent shall be increased by five (S%) percent compounded annually. Further, :if — t-r..ant elects to exercise 1'teir option for Extension Term(s), Rent shall be negotiated in accordance with ParaE r tpl, 3.b. above. 2045001-00)0': ).203 -1- 10/13/95.V1 The Rent shall be pa: able on the first day of each calendar month in advance to Landlord at Landlord' ::i.:f,'ress specified in Para;; raph 17 below (entitled "Notices"). If the Rent Commencement Date occurs on <1 di,. y other than on the fiat day of a month, the Rent shall be prorated for that first month for the number of J v.s from the Rent Cornu iencement Date to the end of the month. If this Lease is termii ated on any day othcr than on the last day of a month, the Rent shall be prorated of the date of terminatioi.. S. L ¢a. Chame. If Landlord foes not receive any Rent payment within three (3) days after written notice to I ,a at that such Rent is de inquent, Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to four percent (4%) of the overdue aritc-u;A. 6. !j!1v.,ovemeyts. Utilities ant Access. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's expense, to erect and maintain on the Premises improvernrsits. personal property ant facilities, including, but are riot limited to, an antenna tower(not to exceed 100 feet), r:uti :o transmitting and rece..ving antennas, electronic equipment shelters and other buildings, and emergenc}--),Y,,/er generators (collectively, the "Improvements"). Landlord acknowledges that the initial antenna ,up O t may be a wooden pc .e, however, the ultimate Improvements may consist of a structure as shown on T_xh bit C. Further, Tenar t reserves the right to alter and add to those Improvements from time to time. TheD.T. -rovements shall remai :t the exclusive property of Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to remove all •)r .:ny portion of the Imp ovements during the term and within a reasonable period of time following the termini tion. or expiration of this ].,ease. 1� Tenant shall have the .right to install utilities, at Tenant's expense, and to improve the present utilities on the Premises (including, t at not limited to the installation of emergency power generators). Tenant shall have tiv: ight to permanently pace utilities on (or to bring utilities across) the Property in order to service- the ervicethe Premise > a ad the Improvements, . ogether with a right to enter the Property in order to maintain, repair and replace said tat Cities. Landlord shall ,xecute a written easement, which shall expire concurrent with the term of this Lease, -is nay be extended, in re :ordable form evidencing these rights upon Tenant's request. Landlord shall provid :: Tenant ingress, egress, and access from an open and improved public road to &.t ?rt-mises adequate to sere ce the Premises and the Improvements at all times during the term of this Lease or: r : e .:tension thereof at no additional charge to Tenant. 7. Guv_,>rnmental Aporovals. From and after the execution of this Lease, Landlord agrees to cooperate with Ten -in! in obtaining and maintaii .ing, at Tenant's sole expense, all licenses and permits required for Tenant's a::A: o .• the Premises and for the construction of any necessary improvements (collectively, the "Goverweiit: 1 Approvals") and La.tdlord agrees that Tenant may perform surveys, soils testing, and other engineeriaa! nr:.cedures on, under, an l over the Premises necessary to determine that the Premises will be acceptable i lanant's engineering sp.cifications, system design, and Governmental Approvals. S. Ty:di..- Emuency Interferer a and Competitive Uses. 0.. Excluding any portion. of the Property leased to another party prior to the lease commencement date of this ;_e; se, Landlord shall not utilize, nor authorize others to utilize, any portion of the property, during the term al :l:.i!: Lease, for the operat on of a telecommunications facility whose signal or transmission interferes with a signal c transmission being tr .nsmitted from the premises as of the date of the commencement of use of the other l?ilial: a of the property by t ce third party. h. In the event another party approaches Landlord with a request to utilize a portion of the Property for a use i x: t i:; potentially a competitive use with Tenant's facility, Landlord shall notify Tenant and grant Tenant a F :a right to negotiate with -:bat third party to facilitate the third party's need on Tenant's facility on the tin the event Tenant ca.mot reach an agreement with the third party within thirty (30) days after notice to T:: t:u, t, Landlord shall be fi se to negotiate a transaction with that third party so long as the use of the 204S001.0M,.! "•'' -).203 -2- 10/ 13/95.V 1 Property by ib:, third party does not :.nterfere with Tenant's then current operations on the Premises. In the event Tertanc taches an agreement u :th the third party to utilize Tenant's facility on the Premises, Tenant shall pay to LartAkIn J the same amount(s) -:n the same terms as the third party had offered to Landlord for use of other portio.v; ,f Landlord's Propert3 . 9. t:>;:.fi: it:. This paragraph K:is deleted. 10. _I_;rr;:ination. This Lease r. -ay be terminated by Tenant, without any penalty or further liability, on thirty (30) J. -q:: written notice as follt.ws: (a) if Tenant is unable to obtain or maintain any license, permit or other Gm -,Y z:r.;.;ntal Approval necess.. ry for the construction or operation of the Improvements or Tenant's business (it )ei :g agreed that Tenant :hall have no obligation to appeal the denial of any Governmental Approvalh, oz o seek the extension o.• renewal of any Governmental Approvals); or (b) if Tenant determines that the Pre.: ai.s ::s are no longer apprc )riate or acceptable for its operations for economic, environmental or technological r,..asons, including with, ut limitation, signal strength or interference. 11. C ono ition of Premises Uoo.i Termination. Within 120 days after termination, Tenant will return the Premises tc, tht.:r original condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted, except as follows; Tenant will not b_. I �::q onsible for the replace..=t or any trees, shrubs or other vegetation, or for the reduction of any facility fbtal-T:a on, nor shall Tenant 1: required to remove from the Premises or the Property any underground utilities or l,e -- improvements, whicl shall be conveyed to Landlord by Tenant at such time. Further, Tenant shall be rer4pc.n:'ible for the removal c: -any toxic materials place there by Tenant. - 12. 7..xe.;_ Tenant shall pay ar:y personal property taxes assessed on, or any portion of such taxes attributable: he Improvements. U ndlord shall pay when due all real property taxes and all other fees and assessment:: ait: ibutable to the Proper. V. However, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional Rent, any increase in r sal property taxes levied •:gainst the Premises (but not any other property of Landlord) which is directly atm ,ur:{ble to Tenant's use o: the Premises, within thirty (30) days after Landlord furnishes proof of such increK::c u.. Tenant. 13. r.:;ui ince. :s. i.-rom and after the dai.t that Tenant commences construction of the Improvements or in any way occupies the Pi :raises, Tenant will ea: ry commercial general liability insurance (or such successor or equivalent insurance c::> tge as may be availab. from time to time) in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000.00 and name Landlord a.4 :at :additional insured on i :ie policy or policies. Tenant may satisfy this requirement by obtaining an appropriate , ne irsement to any blank: t policy of liability insurance Tenant may maintain. 1,. -.Andlord and Tenant e.;ree that in the event of loss or damage to property due to any peril which is covered t;•: a:: insurance policy maiitained by either of the parties, the parties shall look solely to such insurance fCn rc;overy. 14. D, str.iction of PrOpertY. It the Property or the Premises are destroyed or damaged so as, in Tenant's good faith I-tid.g :sent, to hinder the eft4tive use of the Improvements, Tenant may elect .to terminate this Lease as of the ctat-: c the damage or destru ;tion by so notifying Landlord not more than forty-five (45) days following ttu 1.te of damage. In sucl event, all rights and obligations of the parties shall cease as of the date of the damage r r destruction. 15. G-nd :conation. If a conden ning authority takes all of the Premises, or a portion of the Property or the Premisc::� w 1iicient, in Tenant's de ::ermination, to render the Premises unsuitable for the use which Tenant was then rrktl:in;; of the Premises, Ter int shall have the right to terminate this Lease,by giving written notice to Landlord of ;iic: i termination not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date title vests in. the condemnir:j itn iority. The parties sh::il be entitled to share in the condemnation proceeds in proportion to the values of ll i::ir :::>spective interests *in t to Property (which for Tenant shall include, where applicable, the value of the Impro : t:raents, moving expense;, prepaid Rent and business dislocation expenses). Sale of all or part of 2045001.0094" 7!:.203 -3- 70113l95.V1 the Proper: y t:p a purchaser with the power of eminent domain in the face of the exercise of such power shall be treated as a to ring by condemnation. ' 16. i adc trinity and Hold Harm. ess. :t. Tenant agrees to indt:nnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and to dcfend Landlord against, any and :ata i,pury, loss, damage or 1 ability (or any claims in resptct of the foregoing), costs or expenses (including the attorneys' fees of cow:sel, who shall be selected by Tenant) or from the installation, use, maintenane.-, ; epair or removal of tl : Improvements, except to the extent attributable to the negligent or intentional :rct:: or omissions of Land ord, its agents or independent contractors. 11. Landlord agrees to in:lemnify and hold Tenant harmless from, and to defend Tenant against, any and all inji-},, loss, damage or liabil: ty (or anyclaims in respect of the foregoing), costs or expenses (including attorneys' :'=x: arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or its employees or agents, or the breach of i:lii s (..ease, except to the e. tent attributable to the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents o. it dependent contractors 17. h r t::jes. All notices, requ :sts, demands and other communications under this Lease shall be in writing and sb dl be deemed given if personally delivered or mailed, certified trail, return receipt requested, or sent by c4 _ nni ;ht carrier to the folio-ving addresses: 0* r<: Landlord, to: D -ake Homes P. J.• Box 1448 Chico, CA 95927 A tention: Dan D. Drake 3t• to Tenant, to: c/-, Westsite Chico I Partnership 3z 26 American River Drive Sr :ramento, California 95864 A tention: Thomas A. McEfee Father party )ray by written notice tc the other party specify a different address for notice purposes. 18. :''itl-., and Quiet EnjoXment Landlord warrants that it (i) has full right, power and authority to execute tl is 1 -ase; (ii) has good and unencumbered title to the Premises free and clear of any ground leases, liens, wort; ag :s or other encumbran. es that would interfere with Tenant's intended, use of the Premises or conflict wed) 7'!;nant's right (if any) t.; purchase the Premises, and (iii) has the power to grant the access rights set forth in Pa;'agrsph 6(c) above (en.itled 'Improvements, Utilities and Access'). Landlord further warrants that Tenaw: sig' 11 have the quiet enjol ment of the Premises during the term of this Lease and any extension thereof. 19. Lnv; ronmental flatters. it. Tenant agrees that Te -rant will not generate, store or dispose of any hazardous materials on, under or sal, )w: the Property in violat..on of any hazardous substance laws (as defined below). Tenant shall indemnitt ;aad :hold Landlord harmlG•s from any losses, claims, damages, penalties and liabilities arising from any breach ,1' be foregoing covenaal. 1; _ Landlord represents, warrants and agrees that neither landlord nor, to Landlord's knowledge, any third l,arty has used, generated, _ tored or disposed of, or permitted the use, generation, storage or disposal of, any hazi.rd!= substances on, ung ;r, about or within the Premises, and Landlord will not, and will not permit an y -hi::.1 party to, use, genen:te, store or dispose of any hazardous substances on, under, about or within the Pretni.4:::_ 2045001.0(7':';T; 9.203 -4- 10/ 13/95. V 1 Landlord shall indem .ify and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, directors, officers, employees, and agent,:, an..i any assigitees, subtes ants, or successors to Tenant's interest in the Premises, their partners, directors, ii•.;yrs, employees, and a; encs, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, and liability, iii(lu•.ling all out-of-pocket l tigation costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and experts, including :vith•,ut limitation all conse.luential damages directly or indirectly arising out of the use, generation, storage, rrl ::ts• :, or disposal of haze. lour materials by Landlord, its agents, or contractors prior to execution of this Least: CT 2!1: any time after execut .on, or by any prior owner or operator of the Property, and also from and against the •:ot:: of any required repai •, cleanup, or detoxification and any closure or other required plans to the fill extent. ! -,at such action is attribut ble, directly or indirectly, to the presence or use, generation, storage, release, Ihr(.atc.ned release, or dispos 1 of hazardous materials by any person on, under, or in the Property. .? If any cleanup, repair detoxification, or other similar action is required by any governmental or quasi-gove.r:ur ental agency as a resul . of the storage, release, or disposal of hazardous materials by Landlord, its agente no o ntractors, at any time. or by any prior owner, possessor, or operator of any part of the Property, and such a•:: ir):; interferes with Tenar.!'s normal use of the Premises for greater than a twenty-four (24) hour period, th, Rent will be abated t.ntirely during the period beyond twenty-four (24) hours; in addition, Tenant sh:Lll h: ve the rights set forth in Paragraph 8 (entitled "Interference') of this Lease. r.% In this Paragraph, "h..rardous materials' includes, but is not limited to, substances defined as 'hazardous: ml -stances,' 'hazardous t..taterials," or "toxic substances" in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, (:t>rtpensation and Liabilit I Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.; the Hazardous 1.1a!•srials Transportation ,'.et, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery ;'.:t, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq.; and those substances defined as hazardous, toxic, hazardous wastes, tox. - v. astes, or as hazardous or toxic substances by any law or statute now or after this date in effect in the state in J: h ch the Premises are lc sated; and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant t•:l ,h.e:;O laws (all collectivel- "hwardous substance laws"). The provisions of this Paragraph will survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. 20. _E". -ne•,gency Measures. Lai Jlord acknowledges that Tenant, as a telecommunications facility owner, has an obl;ga!:i: ,n to provide its servic :s at all times, even in times of power failures, natural disaster, civil commotion .mc other emergencies. r.ccordingiy, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right to bring all equipment a.id .personnel onto the Pro miser, to the extent necessary, as may be reasonably necessary to allow Tenant to i:: of cue its -operations in tl,e face of such emergencies. 21. I`.._:i;lntirent. Subletting and License Agreements. Tenant may assign this Lease (including, without IittaitatiOn, ai.y options to purchase th.: Property or to extend the term of this Lease), subject to Landlord's approval, ,, ;ic -t shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, Tenant may, without notice to Landlord, enter into subleani-; a:id license agreements vith other parties permitting those parties to use the Premises and any rights of ir,,�ni: i and egress to and frt:m the Premises that are afforded Tenant under this Lease. Any sublease or license ty re::ment that is entered it to by Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease. Neither Tenant's assit v went of this Lease nor the subletting or licensing of the Premises shall relieve Tenant of its obligation wilt -r this Lease, unless Landlord releases Tenant in writing. 22. ►•�ca ssors Vand Assigns. 7•iis Lease shall run with the Property, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benc.lir c: V' the parties, their resl.ectNe successors, personal representatives and assigns. 23.ti14,6,,ar of Landlord's Lien. Landlord hereby waives any and all lien rights it may have, statutory or Otherwise, .:?u erning the Improveme:its and other equipment or trade fixtures brought onto the Premises by Tenant, a.,"- ..,Iii ::h shall be deemed pe: sonai property for the purposes of this Lease, regardless of whether or not same is de.:rwi. real or personal prop :rty under applicable laws, and Tenant shall have the right to remove all or any pot., lor, ,f same from time to t me in Tenant's sole discretion and without Landlord's consent. 24. Financing. Teng nt may, upon notice to Landlord, mortgage or grant a security interest in this Lease, >: nd the Improvements, an -1 may assign this Lease and the Improvements to any such mortgagees or 2045001.oi', = 37:.203 5- 10i13195.v1 holders or : o:-,:rity interests including; their' successor or assigns (collectively, "Mortgagees"). In such event, Landlord -.--;?:all execute such consent o leasehold financing as may reasonably be requires! by Mortgagees. Landlord i; r -!;: s to notify Tenant's IV ortgagees simultaneously of any default by Tenant and to give Mortgagees the same '!:L t to cure any default as Tenant, except that the cure period for any mortgagee shall not be less than thirty i30: days after receipt of :he default notice. Further, Tenant agrees not to encumber the real property r,' thy: Premises. 25. ly:isc ellaneous. The substantially pre..iiiing party in any litigation or other proceeding arising under this Lease shall be cu:itlu.l to its reasonable atto neys' fees and court coits, including appeals, if any. b. Each party agrees to I'imish to the other such truthful estoppel information as -the other may in writing re:.,s, ., bly request, upon not more than thirty (36) days' prior notice. c:. This Lease and all adGenda and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire agreement and understanding:,f the parties, :and sup.rsedes all offers, negotiations and other agreements. There are no representwi::r,s or understandings of j.ny kind not set forth herein. Any amendments to this Lease must be in writing and ;u: Luted by both parties.' All addenda and exhibits attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by this refew'.c: c. ;1. If either party is repre.;ented by a real estate broker in this transaction, that party shall be fully responsible iar .any fee due such brok:>r, and shall hold the other party harmless from any claims for commissioa by such broker. e. Landlord agrees to cot perste with Tenant in executing any documents necessary to protect Tenant's rii!his under this Lease or Tt.nant's use of the Premises. Such documents may include, without limitation. a short -form memorandum of this Lease (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2 , the easement a;,; ree::aents pursuant to Para ;raph 6c of this Lease (entitled "Improvements, Utilities and Access'), a waiver of !_ ne ord's interest in the I1•1provements pursuant to Paragraph 23 above (entitled 'Waiver of Landlord's ;..i w .'), and a non -disturbs ice agreement from any existing or future mortgagee or ground lessor assuring tlzzt 7: nant may remain in pi ssession of the Premises without reduction in its rights under this Lease should Land.'or:!. default under said m.rtgage or ground Iease. All of the foregoing documents must be commerciall;, v asonable in content ar. 3 in a form suitable for recordation, and shall be executed by Landlord not later th.-i-:r: tl•.irty (30) days after Te.iant's request therefor. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Ten: --wt gill, if requested by Lt.adlord, record a quitclaim deed to evidence the termination of Tenant's interest in t Ia ; F roperty. f. ;fhis•Lease shall be co;..strued in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Property is located. Tl-.,, :7 ovisions of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and sh a.l r of be strictly construb.. against either party. If the parties delete any provisions appearing in the original dra.li o: this Lease, this Lease shall be interpreted as if the deleted language were never a part of this Lease. V.. f any term of this Lea :e is found to be void or invalid, such invalidity shall not affect the remaining tc:inr:: of this Lease, which.:hall continue in full force and effect. 2045001.009,1 **;%51.203 -6- 10/13/95.V i ('f S GSS WHEREOF. Lan-.11ord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the Effective Date. TENANT: ;04N D,'f?AR HARUD SIMMONS, WESTSITE CHICO 1 PARTNERSHIP, a ESS� California Ga eral Partnership ,y By:"a J0 William J. Robb' , Pht&r Darwin H.a.:-old Simmons William C. Bayley, Partget7 aures i I-A-ard Simmons J Date: By -;j z Date: 2065001.00943"N•.203 -7- 10/13./4S.V1 LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY Exhibli..A io Lease dated the 11d. day of April, 1996 by and between JOHN D. DRAKE, DARWIN HAROLD SIM1101,1,4!: , JAMES EDWARD ::'IMMONS as ("Landlord"), and WESTSITE CHICO 1 PARTNERSHIP, a California -3eneral Partnership, a: ("Tenant"). Tae I'a t, ry is legally described as follows: State: California Count.;:: Butte City: Chico Asses,w;s :larcel: Book I1, Page 4, Parcel 27 7 2M R. 2E. M. Q B. 9 M. 63-29. 63-30 !moi t4i�: m 204500 i .(i19 .1379.203 -a- ogwoWaaoo:wakvda+r• ll- County of Butte, Calif. 10/13/95.V i 7-07-1997 2:S1PM FROM THE ROBBINS GROUP 916 d8S 30S8 BXHiB1T 13 LEGAL. DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES P. 10 Exhibii B �-3 Lease dated the IItb day of April, 1996 by and between JOHN D. DRAKE, DARWIN HAROLD SIMMCA,4.:., JAMES EDWARD: IMMONS as ("Landlord"), and WESTSM CHICO 1 PARTNERSHIP, a California ieneral Partnership, a. ("Tenant"). The 1cx:a:tir.:n of the Premises wilt in the Property is more particularly described or depicted as follows: (A land survey will replace this I xhibit B upon receipt thereof by Tenant pursuant to Section 1 of this Lease.) 2045001 OC'; -4379.203 . 4- 10/13/95.V1 DESCRIPTION OF INWR_OVCMENTS Exhibi� 1" l ) Lease dated the 11th day of April, 1996 by and between JOHN D. DRAKE, DARWIN HAROLD SIMM0,45., JAMES EDWARD . IMMONS as ("LundIord"), and WESTSITE CHICO 1 PARTNERSHIP, a Califon,, a icneral Partnership, as ("Tenant"). The uft4m;v i Ianprovemmtts inclac s, but are not limited to, the following: 2045001.(0? •379.203 =v. 5 Ixg r 70 silos :AODE• L 18-L700-1.0 0 W —� . t— is Towce f*mdnal Womb Nelaht m stop (feeQ (Lxhes) 92276 MODEL 18-L700*. 100 92276 - Product Number 1$ TUwcr a IWI al top (inches) . L Mir= leg lower 700 - 700 Series tower 200 - Ovcall tower heibill (junn(nal (cct) TY ,vICAL SHARED ANTENNA SUPPORT STRUCTURE CHICO -10- 10/13/9S.V1 USE PERMIT BUTTE COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION �CC-LZl-tllA�G�- �"pr o -cam-) Nov 18 1996 DATE: (Certified Mail Rec.) UP 96-25 PERMIT NO. APN 011-040-027 ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NO. Pursuant to the provisions of the Zoning Ordinance of the County of Butte and the special conditions set forth below: Westsite Wireless is hereby granted a Use Permit in accordance with application. c•I.:d: G` ^� nr a l: a !C0 4 ' ` it l^ss nn.., ,,n + �.►� ,� O 3 n/� r # a�,J'/::VG,iV:� :Ilv ,V' -.:..,-JJ to atofY G ,t. v„L.v.r., vvl „riiu,,icu�{• , to.�..r and 3vL Sy. accessory building. Failure to comply with the conditions specified herein as the basis for approval of application and issuance of Permit, constitutes cause for the revocation of said permit in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Butte County Zoning Ordinance, including Butte County Code Sec. 24-62. 2. Unless otherwise provided for in a special condition to this use permit, all conditions must be completed by the Permittee within 24 months of the delivery of the countersigned permit to the Permittee. 3. If any use for which a use permit has been granted is not established within two years of.the date of receipt of the countersigned permit by the Permittee, the permit shall become null and void and reapplication and a new permit shall be required to establish the use. 4. The terms and conditions of this permit shall run with the land and shall be binding upon and be to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the Permittee. ENVIRONMENTAL FINDINGS: The project is covered by the general rule that the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) only applies to projects. which have the potential for causing significant effects on the environment. Where it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. Upon careful and deliberate review of the project and the project site environs, it has been determined that this application meets the criteria for a general rule exemption under Section 15061(b)(3) of the California Environmental Quality Act guidelines. ZONING ORDINANCE FINDINGS. The proposed use of the property will not impair the integrity and character of the zone in which the land lies and that the use would not be unreasonably incompatible with or injurious to surrounding property or detrimental to the health, safety and general welfare of the persons residing or working in the neighborhood or to the general health, welfare and safety of the county. CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL: Environmental Health Division Requirements 1. The facility shall have no plumbing. Public Works Division Requirements 2. Prior to the issuance of building permits obtain encroachment permit for a driveway from Humboldt Road and construct driveway to county standards, as specified in County Improvement Standards. Planning Division Requirements 3. The tower facility and all attachments shall not exceed 115 feet in height pursuant to Federal Aviation Administration regulations. The applicant shall comply with all Federal Aviation Administration regulations and requirements. 4. Applicant shall comply with all current FAA and FCC requirements pertaining to the proposed tower. 5. The applicant shall notify the Butte County Agricultural Commissioner and all aerial applicators who operate in Butte County of the construction of the facility prior to erection of the tower. 6. The applicant shall paint or finish associated buildings with an earth -tone color compatible with the surroundings. 7. The facility shall meet the requirements of the Butte County Environmental Health Division for hazardous materials storage, including the filing of a business plan prior to operation of the facility. 8. At such date as antenna space on the tower is no longer leased, the property owner shall cause the tower to be removed. 9. The tower shall be constructed to accommodate multiple antenna installations who may acquire space on the tower without obtaining an additional use permit. 10. The applicant shall provide an all weather access designed to carry a 40,000 pound fire apparatus and be at least 10 feet wide with 15 feet of vertical clearance. 11. The applicant shall comply with Public Resources Code 4291 for ground litter removal. Butte County Fire Department' 12. Construction, installation or development of structures or facilities on the parcels/lots shall comply with the latest California Fire Safe Regulations, (Public Resources Code 4290), and all other applicable State and County codes, ordinances and regulations in effect at the time of application for improvement permits. 13. Building identification or address shall be installed in conformance with Public Resources Code 4290 and shall be posted at the beginning of building construction and maintained continuously thereafter. Minor changes may be approved administratively by the Director of Development Services, upon receipt of a substantiated written request by the applicant. Prior to such approval, verification shall be made by each Department or Division that the modification is consistent with the application, fees paid and environmental determination as conditionally approved. Changes deemed to be major or significant in nature shall require a formal application for amendment. I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that I have read the foregoing conditions, that they are in fact the conditions which were imposed upon the granting of this use permit, and that 1 agree to abide fully by said conditions. Dated: rI iI 1 ice' Applicant NOTE: Issuance of this Use Permit does not waive requirement of obtaining Building and Health Department permits before starting construction, nor does it waive any other requirements. Butte un an o ssion Chairman CC: Land Development Division Building Division Health Department Department of Forestry Suite oun y PLANNING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 TELEPHONE: (916) 538-7601 FAX: (916) 538-7785 November 18, 1996 Westsite Wireless\ Thomas McEfee 3436 American River Drive, Ste. #2 Sacramento, CA 95864 CERTIFIED MAIL Re: Use Permit, AP UP 96-25 Dear Westsite Wireless: Enclosed is your validated Use Permit No. UP 96-25 to allow a 100 ft. wireless communication tower and a 300 sq. ft. accessory building on 49.59 acres of land located between Highway 32 and Humboldt Road east of the PG&E towers. Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please contact this office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday. Sincerely, Craig Sanders Senior Planner WF:pa Enc. cc: Land Development Division Building Division Environmental Health Department of Forestry j:\1emp\up7 -wi n APPROVED DevelopmentI DATE Uu I I IJ 199h USE PERMIT VARIANCE -4 MINOR U.P. -ADM.PERMIT' PLANNING COM is :1 PLA -a'-, WE5TSITE CHIC0PLANNING MAN AE R PARTNERSHIP USE PERMIT NO. Burrs ccavry c4r .gra APPROVED DevelopmentI DATE Uu I I IJ 199h USE PERMIT VARIANCE -4 MINOR U.P. -ADM.PERMIT' PLANNING COM is :1 PLA -a'-, WE5TSITE CHIC0PLANNING MAN AE R PARTNERSHIP USE PERMIT NO. Burrs ccavry c4r .gra %r SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment. 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf*Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. II. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular with minimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. III. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "I" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor. joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 1/4" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-118" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 1/4" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-518" high density urethane foam ... all panels are reinforced with 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 112" per foot for water drainage. %r 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4" plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre -finish paneling, -or - a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: - sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one, completely weather-stripped, mill -finish aluminum door 3070, Z -bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) - Walls - Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) - Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) - Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 Ibs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 lbs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the wall sections. V. REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be assigned to a lower evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 -F. � k -F. i OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. ft. Plywood in lieu of on per/sq. ft. Door Checks - Spring and Chain - Slide Bar w/locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch - Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. ft. Air Conditioner Support Brackets A. C. Serice Entrance - 1 %2" CH, LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase - Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets - Duplex Interior Lights - 48"A0 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -'Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats. etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/ DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat, hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48=8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect DENTON PLANT: BOX 50930 `nen DENTON, TEXAS 76206 r� UNIVERSITY DRIVE HWY 380 U1, ' 817/387-5011 .j. „h LEWISVILLE 817/387-0557 A From Dallas (Lave Field) a DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E LOOW_"2 P AIRPORT MAIN OFFICE: FT. WORTH ® RUF' NEK 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. 288 O BUILDING WEBSTER. TEXAS 77598 HWY 35E COMPANY, INC. 713/280-0930 HWY 35W (LOVE FIELD) ville) North on 35E to Denton. HWY 35 DENTON At Denton Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East, then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely U1, ' Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over iake bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Rut' Nek. „h LEWISVILLE From Dallas (Lave Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E AIRPORT North on 35E to Denton FT. WORTH From DFW Airport DALLAS North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at Lewis - (LOVE FIELD) ville) North on 35E to Denton. SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment. 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. II. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular with minimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. I11. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "I" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 1/4" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-1/8" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 1/4" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-5/8" high density urethane foam ... all panels are reinforced with 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 1/2" per foot for water drainage. 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4"plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre -finish paneling, -or - a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: - sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one, completely weather-stripped, mill -finish aluminum door 3070, Z -bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) - Walls - Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) - Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) - Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 Ibs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 lbs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the wall sections. V. REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be assigned to a lower evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 s v .. .. VA .. >x. II' ... �....[�...._c�..s..n. OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. ft. Plywood in lieu of '/" on per/sq. ft. Door Checks - Spring and Chain - Slide Bar w/locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch - Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. ft. Air Conditioner Support Brackets A. C. Sen�ice Entrance - 1 %2" CH, LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase - Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets - Duplex HWY 35W FT. WORTH Interior Lights - 48", 40 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar 'Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats, etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/ DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat, hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48--8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect UNIVERSITY DRIVE HWY 380 A a LOOP w ® RiTF' NEK 288 O BUILDING HWY 35E ' COMPANY, INC. rU�+�%lek PLANT: BOX 50930 DENTON, TEXAS 76206 817/387-5011 817/387-0557 MAIN OFFICE: 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. WEBSTER, TEXAS 77598 713/280-0930 From DFW Airport DALLAS North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at Lewis - (LOVE FIELD) ville). North on 35E to Denton. DENTON At Denton Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East. then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely �s Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over lake bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Ruf' Nek. LEWISVILLE From Dallas (Love Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E AIRPORT North on 35E to Denton From DFW Airport DALLAS North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at Lewis - (LOVE FIELD) ville). North on 35E to Denton. SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment. 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf*Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. 11. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular withminimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. I11. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "1" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 1/4" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-1/8" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 1/4" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-5/8" high density urethane foam ... all panels are reinforced with 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 1/2" per foot for water drainage. 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4" plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre -finish paneling, or - a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: - sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one,. completely weather-stripped, mill -finish aluminum door 3070, Z -bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) -Walls -Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) - Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) - Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 lbs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 lbs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the wall sections. V. REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be assigned to a lower evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 1 4" OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. ft. Plywood in lieu of '/" on per/sq. ft. Door Checks - Spring and Chain - Slide Bar w/locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch - Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. ft. Air Conditioner Support Brackets A. C. Service Entrance - 11/2" CH, LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase - Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets - Duplex Interior Lights - 48", 40 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -'Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar 'Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats, etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/ DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat, hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48=8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect N. P.2 n- . auiwiwo cprW� �nG DENTON PLANT: BOX 50930 DENTON. TEXAS 76206 r� UNIVERSITY DRIVE HWY 380 �s 817/387-5011 .�. LEWISVILLE 817/387-0557 Ll From Dallas (Love Field) a DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E LOOP a AIRPORT MAIN OFFICE: FT. WORTH N ®RUF' NEK 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. 288 O BUILDING WEBSTER, TEXAS 77598 HWY 35E COMPANY, INC. 713/280-0930 HWY 35W (LOVE FIELD) ville) North on 35E to Denton HWY 35 DENTON At Denton Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East, then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely �s Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over take bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Rut' Nek. LEWISVILLE From Dallas (Love Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E ti'1~ AIRPORT North on 35E to Denton FT. WORTH From DFW Airport DALLAS North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E :;at Lewis - (LOVE FIELD) ville) North on 35E to Denton SERIES 100 PRE -ASSEMBLED FIBERGLASS MICROWAVE SHELTER I. GENERAL NOTES AND CONDITIONS 1.1 This specification covers structural, electrical and ordering information to standardize the purchase of pre -fabricated fiberglass shelters which are used to house microwave and related equipment. 1.2 Air conditioners and/or other items extending beyond the proper building that would exceed legal shipping heights and/or widths, are pre -fitted and packed inside the shelter for shipment. These items are to be installed by others in the field ... unless otherwise specified. 1.3 All quotations are based upon F.O.B. our plant located in Aubrey, TX and off- loading equipment to be supplied by others unless otherwise noted. 1.4 Ruf*Nek's product liability on any item purchased and installed in the shelter will not exceed the limit of warranty of the particular manufacturer. II. CONFIGURATION 2.1 The configuration of the shelter is rectangular with minimum edge/corner radius required for manufacturing purposes. 2.2 Outside dimensions are called out at all times for length and width; inside dimensions for height unless customer's specifications specifically call for interior dimensions. III. STRUCTURAL 3.1 SKID - full lengths of six (6) inch "I" beams; end of beams braced with three (3) inch steel pipe; floor joists are made of 3" channel (4.1 lbs/ft) on sixteen (16) inch centers; 21/2 X 3 X 1/4" perimeter support angle; and the skid is all -welded construction of black steel and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 3.2 FLOORS - covering is of a commercial grade vinyl tile glued to the sub -flooring with water proof glue. The sub -flooring is made of 3/4" exterior grade plywood and is protected by spraying fiberglass on the outside before it is installed in the shelter to protect it from various environmental conditions, and it is then attached to the skid with self -tapping electro -galvanized screws. 3.3 OPTION - an insulated foam floor can be furnished if desired. 3.4 WALLS AND ROOF - are made up of 2-1/8" laminated panels from 1/4" waferboard on the exterior and 1/4" exterior grade plywood on the interior, insulated with 1-5/8" high density urethane foam ... all panels are reinforced with 2" X 4" #1 dense pine studs on 24" centers. NOTE: 16" on center available'as required for structural loading, etc.. The roof is pitched 1/2" per foot for water drainage. 3.5 FINISH - Interior of shelter can be as follows: -1/4” plywood painted with fire retardant Zolatone (color: Aurora White) -1/4" pre -finish paneling, or - a textured fiberglass laminate over 3/8" waferboard - Exterior of Shelter: - sprayed with a mixture of polyester resin and chopped fiberglass (1/8" thick on vertical walls and 1/4" on roof) - final finish is gelcoat 3.6 DOOR - is an outside opening one, completely weather-stripped, mill -finish aluminum door 3070, Z -bar frame, three (3) stainless steel chrome plated brass Kason levers. IV. INSULATION VALUE 4.1 a) - Walls - Minimum R-11 b) - Ceiling - Minimum R-16 c) - Floor - Minimum R-7.25 d) - Door - Minimum R-6 4.2 Infiltration - 200 CF/HR 4.3 Survival Wind Load -160 miles per hour 4.4 Floor Load - 250 lbs/F2 4.5 Roof Load - 60 Ibs/F2 - Note: can be increased if desired 4.6 Openings - wall openings through fiberglass building for door, air conditioners, ventilators, etc., are fiberglassed to prevent moisture from entering into the wall sections. V. REQUIREMENTS A complete paragraph by paragraph response will be required on compliance or non-compliance of all the information contained in this document, however, if exceptions are taken, it should be specific rather than general, in order to facilitate negotiations so that your requirements will not be assigned to a lower evaluation. VI DRAWINGS - Structural - Drawing #800000 r�.�:� .� - : . OPTION PACKAGES - Furnished & Installed Inside Partition w/ exterior door w/ interior door Hoisting Eyes w/cable guides'(permanent or removable) Insulated Floors per/sq. ft. Plywood in lieu of on per/sq. ft. Door Checks - Spring and Chain - Slide -Bar w/ locking device - Hydraulic Lock - Dead Bolt Type - Knob Set Openings - Wave Guide/ PVC Liner or Aluminum Hatch - Air Conditioner - Windows Storage Areas - Cabinets and Battery Boxes per/lin. ft. Air Conditioner SuDDort Brackets A. C. Senrice Entrance.- P/2" CH, LB 57 With Power Mast & Weather Head With Explosion Proof Materials Main Breaker Panel - Single or three phase - Snap on breakers - Bolt on breakers - GFI Breakers - Amperage rating as required Disconnect Switch - Non-fused or fused Convenience Outlets -Duplex Interior Lights - 48", 40 Watt, Twin Fixture Fluorescent -Incandescent - 100 watts w/fixture Exterior Light -Incandescent - Weatherproof -Explosion Proof Interior Light Switch Joslyn Secondary Arrestor Grounding - 12" Drilled Copper Bus Bar 'Air Conditioner: w/convenience outlet Electric Wall Mounted Heater Forced Air or Baseboard Environmental Control (Heater/ Air Conditioner) . w/kit to include Exhaust Fan Hi -Low Temperature Alarm - Thermostats, etc. Illegal Entry Alarm Switch AC/ DC Wire Way or Cable Ladder - Per/ Lin. Foot Installation of Battery Charger (customer furnished) Pig Tail Drop for Charger (inflexible conduit) Battery Rack Installation (customer furnished) Installation of Dehydrator Tower Light Control Installation (customer furnished) Engine Generator Installation w/shock mount frame, thimble, and hot air exhaust Exhaust Fan w/ motor, thermostat. hood and fresh air intake DC Panel 24/48=8 Breakers (AC Rated) DC Panel 24/48 (DC Rated) Exterior Standby Power Connect �uiia�wo cgrww� inG PLANT: BOX 50930 e+ DENTON. TEXAS 76206 UNIVERSITY DRIVE HWY 380 817/387-5011 .�. 817/387-0557 L] a LOOP a MAIN OFFICE: N ® RUF' NEK 12450 OLD GALVESTON RD. 288 O BUILDING WEBSTER. TEXAS 77598 HWY 35E COMPANY, INC. 713/280-0930 HWY 35W HWY 35 in, FT. WORTH DENTON At Denton Exit 35E at Loop 288/McKinney Exit. East. then north on Loop 288 to 380. East on 380 to Mosely �s Rd. (At top of hill after bridges over iake bottoms). South on Mosely Rd. to Rut' Nek. LEWI$VII.LE From Dallas (Love Field) DFW West from Airport Exit on Mockingbird to 35E AERPORT North on 35E to Denton From DFW Airport DALLAS0 North on 121 from Airport Exit to 35E (at L e`vis- (LOVE FIELD) ville) North on 35E to Denton September 28, 1993 KPPL FM RADIO, John Drake 2525 Dominic Drive, Suite "J" Chico, CA 95928 CERTIFIED MAIL PLANNING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE - OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965-3397 TELEPHONE: (916) 538-7,601 FAX: 1916) 538-7785 Re: Use Permit, AP 011-040-027 Gentlemen: Enclosed is your validated Use Permit No. 93-45 to allow a 50-60 foot radio translator with equipment shed on property zoned A-10 located on the south side of Highway 32, Chico. Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please contact this office. Sincerely, ,-? ill' m Farrel Bd,Kector of Development WF:lr Enc. cc: Land Development Sion Building Division Environmental Health Department of Forestry USE' PERMIT BUTTE COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION SEP 2 8 1993 DATE: (Certified Mail Rec.) 93-45 PERMIT NO. AP 011-040-027 ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NO. .11 Pursuant to the provisions of the Zoning Ordinance of the County of Butte and the special conditions set forth below: KPPL FB Radio, John Drake, is hereby granted! a Use Permit in accordance with application filed: 7/13/93 tolallow a 50-60 foot radio translator with equipment shed on property zoned A-10 located on the south side of Highway 32, on the north side of Humboldt Road, approximately 3/4 mile southwest of their intersection, Chico. 1. Failure to comply with thef 1conditions specified herein as the basis for approval of application and issuance of Permit, constitutes cause for the revocation of said permit in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Butte County Zoning Ordinance, including Butte County Code Sec. 24-62. 2. Unless otherwise provided for in a special condition to this use permit, all conditions must be completed by the Permittee within 12 months of the delivery of the countersigned permit to the Permittee. 3. If any use for which a use; permit has been granted is not established within one year of the date of receipt of the countersigned permit by the Permittee, the permit shall become null and void and reapplication and a new permit shall be requiredto establish the use. 1 4. The terms and conditions i.of this permit shall run with the land and shall be binding upon and be to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the Permittee. j SPECIAL CONDITIONS:; 1. Applicant shall deed the 'requested 3-0' right-of-way strip to the County of Butte. 2. The colors of the equipment shed and translator tower shall blend with the natural environment and be approved by the Director of Planning or designee. 3. Applicant shall obtain all necessary building permits from the Building Division of the Butte County Development Services Department. i 4. Applicant shalil grass a minimum S. The tower heigh t i i provide,'and maintain, clearance of brush and of 30' from structures. 1 shall not exceed 65 feet. 6. Minor changes may be approved administratively by the Director of Development Services upon receipt of a substantiated written request by the applicant. Prior to such approval, verification shall be made by each Department or Division that the modification is consistent with the application, fees paid and environmental determination as conditionally approved. Changes deemed to be major or significant in nature shall require a formal application for an amendment. 7. Applicant must also comply!with all other applicable State and local statutes, ordinances and regulations. I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that I have read the foregoing conditions, ithat they are in fact the conditions which were imposed upon the granting sof this use permit, and that I agree to abide fully by said conditions. Dated: �! Applicant NOTE: Issuance of this Use Permit does not waive requirement of obtaining Building and Health;Department permits before starting construction, nor does it waive any other requirements. CC: Butte, County Planning Commission Chairman Land Development Division; Building Divisions Health Department Department of Forestry �OCfJTIG}'Y l.�9P . Erol ra ��✓�� \ X Ml ti • 0 0 C � p0r,�- 07f1 o� �dry P pp�ll��pUV�R'8-�8 Q9rC- 16- X . Planning DepartMe"t 1993 ®r®visie, Cal€f=ia uvm E D DEVELOPMENT PLAN DATE USE PERMIT ,�. / VARIANCE fD,2 . PPI MASONRY WALLS N E S W 1st Lift 2nd Lift 3rd Lift. ; 4th Lift' 5th Lift 6th Lift FIRE WALLS 0 cupancz. Area Propert Gypsum Board 1st Layer 2nd Layer Walls Ceilings C�' COMMERCIAL PARK LANE GROUPAPPL 93-2804 B,E HUMBOLDT RD, CHICO TRANSMITTING ANTENNA OFFICE COPY Address i GAS Meter By ELECTRIC Meter By Date i JOB FINALED (Date) Signature CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ISSUED (Date) Signature, V=OK O = Not OK - = Not Applicable = Not Ready COMMERCIAL Date UNDERFLOOR (Plans) OK except #'s 1. Zoning -Setbacks -Easements -Flood -Slope -Soil Report 2. Ftg., Main; Soils-Ufer Ground: Ftg. Depth 3. Hold Downs -Bolts -Straps -Embedment -Hair Pins 4. Concrete -PSI -Cert -SP. insp.-Loc. 5. Stemwalls, Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped 6. Reinf. Steel -Grade -Placement 7. Slab; Steel -Wrapped -Wire Mesh 8. Piers -Steel 9. D.W.V.; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 Way C/0 -Sewer Test 10. Gas Pipe; Size -Anchors 11. Water Pipe; Test -Anchor -Regulator -Service Test 12. Electric; Underground, Underslab 13. Plenums & Ducts; Clearance -Material -Support -Ins. 14. Girders -Sills -Anchor Bolts -Joists -Vents -Cripples 15. Masonry -Rebar -Lifts Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s 16. Water Htr.; Vent -Access -Combustion Air -Baffle 17. Water Pipe; Test & Anchor -Nail Protection 18. D.W.V.; Test -Fittings & Anchor -Nail Protection 19. Sinks -Floor -Grease Trap 20. Handicap-W/C-Backing 21. Gas Pipe; Size & Anchors - Firewall Penetrations Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date ELECTRICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 22. Fixture & Transformer Clearance -Ins. Protection 23. Single Phase -Three Phase -Equip. Bond 24. Size Boxes & No. of Conductors -Stapled 25. Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J. 26. Equip. Ground made up w/Mech. Fastners-Bond Gas & Water 27. Wiring -90° -Protected -Color Coded 28. Subfeed Wire Size / / ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size / / ga. Cu or Al 29. Fire Res istive-Fixture-Co nduit-G.F.I.-Susp. Ceiling 30. Service -Riser Conductors & Ground -Main Disconnect 31. Equip. Clearances Panels-Motors-Mech. Equip. 32. Fire Wall Penetrations Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 •Date Card B-1 Date MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 33. A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support 34. Vent Fan; Exhaust above insulation _ 35. Condensate Drain & Overflow; Size & Grade 36. Furnance-Vent; Access -Comb. Air -Return Air Vent -115 outlet 37. Attic Access & Platform if Furnance in Attic 38. Fi.V.A.C.-Ventilation-Roof Access 39. Smoke & Fire Dampers .Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FRAMING (Plans) OK except #'s 40. Sils, Proper Material & Anchors -Hold Downs 41. Walls Studs -Nailing, Spacing & Bracing -Plates -Sound 42. Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing 43. Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof) 44. Fire Stops; Furred Ceilings -Stairs -Chases 45. Headers & Beam -Size & Bearing-Su000rt Fix. (NOTE: An entry must be made each t Date FRAMING (Continued) 46. Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors 47. Roof Shthing-Nailing-Diap.Chord Splice 48. Firewall-Doors-Area-Occp.-Prop. 49. Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection -Draft Stop -Ins. Baffles 50. Glu -Lam cert. -Placement -Support 51. Steel Buildings-Purlin-Girders 52. Property Line Firewall & Openings 53. Ext. Doors -Handicap Access 54. Stairs; Width -Headroom -Rise -Run -Landing -Fire Protection 55. plywood on Roof Overhang -Attic Vents -Rafter Outriggers 56. Siding -Nailing Veneer 57. Stucco Mesh -Drip Screed -Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access 58. Glazing Area -Glass Protection -Skylights -Plastic -Fire Port. 59. Shear Walls -Plywood-Nailing-Conn to Roof 60. Insulation -Walls -Ceilings 61. Infiltration -Walls -Windows 62. Corridors -Openings -Fire Protection -Framing Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s 63. Ext. Steps -Door & Sidelight Protection -Landings 64. Exits -Size -Number -Placement 65. Furnace; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air -Connector - In Garage; Above Floor-Ducts-Mech. Protection 66. Sprinklers -Placement -Test 67. Suspended Ceiling-Seismic-Wires-Elec-Light & Mech. 68. Elec. Trim & Subpanel; Breaker Sizes & Labels 69. Stairs & Rails 70. Handicap -Door Levers -Fin. Floor 71. Elec. Outlets at Wood Panel; Int. & Ext. 72. Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air-Connector-P.R.V. Above Floor-Mech. Protection 73. Plb., Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location 74. Insulation -Foam -Looked in Attic O Yes 75. Guard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps 76. Fdn. Vents & Crawl Hole Door-Drainagge & Wood -Earth Clearance Looked under Floor O Yes 77. Stucco; Brown -Finish 78. A.C. Unit; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing 79. Vents Above Roof; Plbg.-Appliance-Fireplace.-Clearance to Openings 80. Water Well; Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing 81. Exterior Elec. Trim; G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground 82. Off Site -Parking -Handicap 83. Glass Protection 84. Corrections from Previous Inspections 85. Gas Test -Meters Tagged; Gas -Electric 86. Water & Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval 87. Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates 88. Roofing Certificate -Fire Rating Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Comments at Final: Certificate of OccuDancv me you visit the job site) { COUNTY OF BUTTE 1 BUILDING DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 1469 Humboldt Road, Chico, CA - (916) 891-2751 7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA - (916) 538-7541 747 Elliott Road, Paradise, CA - (916) 872-6307 CORRECTION NOTICE O"� LhAl# 6%jOvj C/ 5-260 a PERMIT NO. AwaolinebmWeCtionindicates that the following violations of Butte County Ordinances exist at the above adAess and should be corrected. Please notify this office when correction of work iscorpieed.lfyouhave any questions pertaining to this matter, or need additional explanation, ple this office immediately. Rol) To 510 27tZ - ' !.vAl 5,zau 4i P2vvr pl'c Ad/2/60 V L41-2 4�� Date Ll— i r Inspector W REV W .COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 APPLICATION AND PERMIT PERMIT NO. 93-2304 ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 011-040-027 ZONING A-10 BUILDING PERMIT OWNER PARK LANE GROTTP KPM, RADIO TELEPHONE 324tL_h�f,' SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS UNKNOW"T �K,I, FST �2 .SOfI CONTRACTOR'S NAME TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace CONSTRUCTION LENDER UNKNOWN Total Valuation $ LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Filing Fee $ 20.00 Permit Fee $ 54 nn ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER LICENSE NO. Plan Checking Fee $ T; in Energy Plan Checking Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS Penalty $ BUILDING ADDRESS �� IMUT n PERMIT FEE $ tf�9• In CITIM.CA PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15,00 LOT NO. SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 USE OF STRUCTURE SF ❑ Duplex EIMobilehome LI Other TRAN4M1T1NR ANTPMUA SPECIFY Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home I S G I W @20.00 TYPE OF WORK xq New O' Addition O Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installation 1:1Other CIContractor Describe Work: 53 Fr. HIGH WOOD POLE WITH 4 FT. DIA!4FW.R PERMIT FEE is ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 RISA. Main Service ( BOOV 01 LESS ) 23.00 200A OR LESS Main Service ( 200A TO 1000A ) 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. . OR ADONS. ( & S ACC. BLOS. ) 3.5C FTO. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW I declare under penalty of perjury (check one) ❑ I am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification O I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044) el, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044) ❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code forthis reason NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET -NON-RESID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50 ( POWER APPARATUS ) & SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) 1.00 Ex. Occup.FIXED APPS. OR ( OWUTLETS (RESID.) EA. ) 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 23.00 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE I declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. ❑ I have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services, Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a Certificate of Consent to Self -insure. ® IshallnotemployanypersoninanymannersoastobecomesubjecttotheWorker's Compensation laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit will be revoked. PERMIT FEE $ 66.00 Contractor MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Contractor I certifythat I have read this application and state thatthe above information is correct. I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. 1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said County -in consequenc/e of the W.atwnng/of this permit. X pate $./l 3 Siggature of Applicant - ❑ Owner ❑ Contractor Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ occ coNsr. TYPE TOTAL FEE $ 175.10 HAZ. I D. FEES �"•""' IMP FLOOD w CDF PARCEL PO --'- HD "�"✓ ISSUE This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions to do work indicated above for which fees have been paid. DIRECTOR.OF_PUBLIC WORKS / By & L Date ,` t Gi PERMIT EXPIRES ON (Date! Receipt 148187 WHIT E-D.D..D. S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT DESIGN CRITERIA ANTENNAS MATERIALS & CODES WIND: 100 mph (40 psf) 1. (3) DB 222 ® 80' on Top Flange Mounts. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36 & A53 GR.B ICE: None 2. (6) DB 806TL @ 60' on 3' Standoffs ERECTION BOLTS: ASTM. A325X & SAE GR.5 SOIL EIA -C "Normal" (assumed) (3 up. 3 down). ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A449 3. (6) DB 806TL Q 40' on 3' Standoffs (3 up, 3 down). STEEL: AISC 9TH EDITION CONCRETE: ACI 318-89 INDUSTRY: EIA -C BAY TOWER ELEV. IF T.) BAY DEAD LOAD. (KIPS) BAY WIND LOAD (KIPS) LOAD 80 0.06 0:09 LE 76 0.08 0.16 73 0.07 0.14 70 0.08 0.15 66 0.08 0.15 63 0.08 0.14 60 0.09 0.17 LF 56 0.11 0.20 53 0.11 0.19 50 0.11 0.20 46 0.11 0.21 43 0.11 0.20 40 0.13 0:27 LG 35 0.16 0.33 30 0.16 0.34 25 0.16 1 0.34 20 0.19 0.37 LH 15 0.21 0.39 10 0.21 0.39 5 0.21 0.40 0 0.10 0.19 TOWER MODEL: 32-1-700-80' LE Applied wind. -1 Applied wind -2 PLAN ED FD LGD ANT. ANT. DEAD WIND LOAD LOAD (KIPS) (KIPS) .123 -.192 .438 .752 41-6 Vin,,. ANT. tt 1 2 NOTES: LHD 1) Bay wind and dead loads include efffects of tower members, step bolts, and 1 run of 7/8' coax per antenna. 2) Worst case antenna wind shear has been applied in two directions in order to obtain maximum tower member stresses. 3) Maximum tower twist/sway @ 20 psf (bws) is 0.26° DIS BES ON MAR 31 2000 rn STRESS ANALYSIS Z R & B TELECOM V%ofESS/O ���� �y R. 0`�l �� U1 SITE: CHICO ONE, CA �'� c - rn o, `'� 'D Z B Y Z L O ' 671 N w �� LA.iUU� �V LI J 99 CK T K i�' r LrL51 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SAL77 .7 /VII. \4` M DATE 5NOV96CP- (503)363-9267E TWX 510 599-0107 f' �lF �� 5.0.. 39399 �F C DIS BES ON MAR 31 2000 ti The method used to analyze this tower structure is based upon ❑ computerized direct element stiffness matrix technique (Ref. 1). This technique assumes elastic material properties and is based upon the following formulations: (P) _ [K] (X) where (P) = applied nodal loads [K] = structural stiffness matrix (X) = nodal displacements This equation is solved for (X) by means of a modified Gauss -Jordan elimination 'technique. The nodal displacements are then utilized to calculate member end forces and moments. Microflect's implementation of this technique allows for three-dimensional frames with nodal loads. Truss members may be input by specifying beam member end moment releases. Supports and/or support settlements may be input by specifying nodal displacements. The resulting computer output consists of nodal displacements, member end forces and moments, and support reactions. Ref. 1: MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS, 2nd Edition, Chu -Kia Wang, International Textbook Co., Scranton, Pennsylvania, 1970 LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR CRITICAL MEMBERS MEM. SECTION TYPE L (In) r (In) KL/r AREA (In2) FC A . ALLOW. LOAD (Kips) BOLTS MEMBER AXIAL LOAD (Kips) F.S. TO AISC ALLOW OTY.-DIA. ( BEARING ALLOW. SHEAR ALLOW. LEGS LEL Pipe 2 3/8' OD X .148w 37.7 0.789 47.8' 1.04 25.7 3.64 7.06 LFL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 36.8 0.947 38.9 1.70 44.2 15.4 2.87 LGL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 57.7 0.947 60.9 1.70 38.3 30.7 1.25 LHL PIPE 3 1/2 OD x .216w 56:9 1.160 49.1 2.23 54.6 45.1 1.21 DIAGONALS LED " L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 46.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.17 4.12 0.94 3.37 LFD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 55.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 .4.12 1.15 3.16 LGD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 78.4 0.296 136 0.359 2.90 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63. 4.12 2.65 1.09 LHD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 90.4 0.347 134 0.422 3.51 1 - 1/20 1/8 4.08 4.12 2.44 1.44 GIRT LEG L 2 1/2 x 2 x 3/16 25.6 .427 89.9 .809 8.55 1 - 1/20 3/16. 4.25 4.12 0.61 6.75 NOTES: 1. KI/r computed in accordance with ASCE Manual 52. 2. All 1/2' 0 bolts are Gr. 5, all 5/8' 0 bolts are A325. 3. Girt and diagonal material is A36, while tower legs are A53 GR.B(min Fy = 50 ksi, certified). Z :U1 00 Ln rn N -no -n r STRESS ANALYSIS R & B TELECOM SITE: CHICO ONE, CAs ` o Z D M F { x m < (n o N �,]%%�� LAA/U� 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM,OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 BY ZL CK TK ` DATE 5NOV96 S.O. 39399 , BASE REACTIONS : TOWER OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft TOTAL TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips TOWER WEIGHT = 3.72 kips MAX. SHEAR PER LEG = 3.61 kips Uplift Base moment x Leg F.S. = Bose width x 0.866 Base moment x Leg F.S. Download = Base width x 0.866 Shear = Leg Shear + TOWER BASE WIDTH = 7 feet TOWER HEIGHT = 80 feet LEAST LEG FACTOR OF SAFETY = 1 NUMBER OF LEGS = 3 Tower Wt. 3 Tower Wt. 3 Base moment x (Leg F.S.-1) 2 x Tower Ht. FACTORED OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft FACTORED TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips MAXIMUM UPLIFT PER LEG = 44.0 kips. MAXIMUM DOWNLOAD PER LEG = 46.4 kips MAXIMUM SHEAR PER LEG = 3.61 kips ANCHOR BOLTS : Ref.: AISC's ASD 9th edition, section J3.5, table J3.3 MATERIAL : A449 (Fu = 120 ksi min.) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 USE 4 - 5/8' dia. bolts/leg on o 6' bolt circle 44.0 ft = = 35.5 ksi 4 x 0.31 3.61 fv = = 2.91 ksi . 4 x 0.31 ALLOWABLE ANCHOR BOLT TENSILE STRESS = 39.6 ksi >= 35.5 ksi--OK BASE PLATE Ref: 'Formulas for Stress and Strain', 5th Edition, ROARK & YOUNG AISC 9th Edition, minimum edge distance per table J3.5 MATERIAL: ASTM A36 (Fy = . 36 ksi) LMJU� lJ Lir �Ll ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 DIAMETER OF BASE LEG = 3 1/2' TK ./ CONCRETE BEARING PRESSURE = 2100 psi 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM.OR 97302 FOR DOWNLOAD CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula 21) 0.8 in. FOR UPLIFT CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS '(by Formula below) 0.79 in. ` 0.875 in. -- OK . USE PLATE 7 1/2' dia. x 7/8' thick, Fy = 36 ksi 39399 t 3 x Uplift x (D - B) 1/2 2 x N x B x .75 x Fy x Sif x SIN (180/N) I where: t = required base plate thickness Uplift = applied uplift reaction D = radius of bolt circle B = radius of pipe leg N = number of anchor bolts/leg Fy = base plate yield strength Sif = stress increase factor STRESS ANALYSIS R & B TELECOM SITE: CHICO ONE, CA 0 M n v ;0 o M Z N 0 0 N D M { r, BY LMJU� lJ Lir �Ll TK ./ 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM.OR 97302 DATE 5NOV96 1503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 5.0, 39399 0 M n v ;0 o M Z N 0 0 N D M { r, SLAB FOUNDATION DESIGN: TOWER FACE 'WIDTH Ln N 11 W Z TOP BARS M _ � BOTTOM BARS V) REF. MICROFLECT DRAWING B-59847 --FINAL GRADE — T SLAB WIDTH (SQUARE) DIMENSIONS: . Slab width = 12.5 feet Slab thickness = 39.0 inches Cap height = 0.000 inches Cap size = 0.000 inches Tower face width = 7.00 feet Number of tower legs = 3 Depth of fill = 0.000 inches Depth from final grade = 0.000 feet to slab bottom TOWER BASE REACTIONS: Overturning moment = 274 ft -kips Total tower shear = 6.86 kips Maximum leg shear = 3.61 kips Tower weight = 3.72 kips OUTPUT SUMMARY: Stability ratio = 1.60 OK Net soil bearing pressure = 1.68 ksf OK Volume of concrete = 18.8 cu. yds. Slab two-way shear: OK Slab beam shear: OK MATERIAL PARAMETERS: Allowable net soil bearing pressure = 4.00 ksf Soil factor of safety = 2.50 (q-ult/q-all) Concrete compressive strength = 3000 psi Rebar yield strength = 60000 psi Density of concrete =.0.150 kcf Density of soil 0.100 kcf Density of fill = 0.000 kcf Allowable stress increase factor = 1.00 NOTES: 1. If 'depth from final grade to slab bottom' is not known, it is conservatively assumed to be zero. 2. This design methodolgy assumes a rigid slab (Ref. ACI' 336.2 R-88). REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS: (ASTM A615 Gr. 60) Minimum reinforcement areas: Top bars = 4.68 sq. inches, Bottom bars = 5.85 sq. inches. Top bars: Use 16-=5 (each way) @ 9.60 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 401 lbs. Bottom bars: Use 19-a5 (each way) @ 8.00 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 476 lbs. ::E rn STRESS ANALYSIS M. Z R & B TELECOM m SITE: CHICO ONE, CAM rn M Z < BY ZL Ln -n 0 F°° a N CK TK �\ Ln f� r m DATE 5NOV96 r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM. OR 97302 77 S.O. 39399 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 Vt DESIGN CRITERIA TOWER ELEV. (FT.) ANTENNAS MATERIALS & CODES WIND: 100 mph (40 psf) 1. (3) DB 222 @ 80' on Top Flange Mounts. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36 8 A53 GR.B ICE: None 2. (6) DB 806TL @ 60' on 3' Standoffs ERECTION BOLTS: ASTM A325X 8 SAE GR.5 SOIL EIA -C Normal" (assumed) ' (3 up, 3 down). ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A449 0.08 3. (6). DB 806TL @ 40' on 3' Standoffs 0.14 60 (3 up, 3 down). STEEL: AISC 9TH EDITION 0.11 0.20 53 0.11 CONCRETE: ACI 318-89 50 0.11 0.20 46 INDUSTRY: EIA -C BAY TOWER ELEV. (FT.) BAY DEAD LOAD (KIPS) BAY WIND LOAD (KIPS) LOAD 80 0.06 0.09 LE 76 0.08 1 0.16 73 0.07 0.14 70 0.08 0.15 66 0.08 0.15 63 0.08 0.14 60 0.09 0.17 LF 56 0.11 0.20 53 0.11 0.19 50 0.11 0.20 46 0.11 0.21 43 0.11 0.20 40 0.13 0.27 LG 35 0.16 0.33 30 0.16 0.34 25 0.16 0.34 20 0.19 0.37 LH 15 0.21 0.39 10 0.21 0.39 5 0.21 0.40 0 0.10 0.19 TOWER MODEL: 32-1-700-80' LE / Applied f wind -1 Applied wind -2 PLAN I I 2'-8* LE -8- ELEVATION ED FD LGD ANT. ANT. DEAD WIND LOAD LOAD (KIPS) (KIPS) .123 .192 .438 .752 - :546 - . 100 -. ANT. a 1 2 NOTES: LHD. 1) Bay wind and dead loads include efffects of tower members, step bolts, and 1 run of 7/8" coax per antenna. 2) Worst case antenna wind shear has been applied in two directions in order to obtain maximum tower member stresses. 3) Maximum lower twist/sway @ 20 psf (bws) is 0.260 EXPIRES ON MAR 3 1 2000 rn STRESS ANALYSIS QROFESS/0�,` < Z R& B. TELECOM o �, PAY R p �`� o SITE: CHICO ONE, CA CO I 2 n m °D C 71 Z cn u, co 0 07 g o 0 � BY Z L 1 9 0 C K T K � LIU LJ-L5 c-) Ln r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SPF z< DATE 5NOV9697302 0. 3939 O. 3939 (503)363-9267E TWX 510 599-0107 CAS\E n EXPIRES ON MAR 3 1 2000 9 � N f 2 Gi rn M Z -� O BASE REACTIONS TOWER OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft TOTAL TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips TOWER WEIGHT = 3.72 kips MAX. SHEAR PER LEG =. 3.61 kips Base moment x Leg F.S. Uplift = Base width x 0.866 TOWER BASE WIDTH = 7 feet TOWER HEIGHT = 80 feet LEAST LEG FACTOR OF SAFETY = 1 NUMBER OF LEGS = 3 Tower Wt. 3 Download = Base moment x Leg F.S. + Tower Wt. Base width x 0.866 3 Shear = Leg Shear + Base moment x (Leg F.S.-1) 2 x Tower Ht. FACTORED OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft FACTORED TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips MAXIMUM UPLIFT PER LEG = 44.0 kips MAXIMUM DOWNLOAD PER LEG = 46.4 kips MAXIMUM SHEAR PER LEG = 3.61 kips ANCHOR BOLTS : Ref.: AISC's ASD 9th edition, section J3.5, table J3.3 MATERIAL : A449 (Fu = 120 ksi min.) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 USE 4 - 5/8' dia. bolts/leg on a 6' bolt circle 44.0 f t =. = 35.5 ksi 4 x 0.31 . I Al fv = 2.91 ksi _._ __. .__ ALLOWABLE ANCHOR BOLT TENSILE STRESS = 39.6 ksi >= 35.5 ksi--OK BASE PLATE Ref: 'Formulas for Stress and Strain', 5th Edition, ROARK & YOUNG AISC 9th Edition, minimum edge distance per table J3.5 MATERIAL: 'ASTM A36 (Fy = 36 ksi) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 DIAMETER OF BASE LEG = 3 1/2' CONCRETE BEARING PRESSURE = 2100 psi FOR DOWNLOAD CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula 21) 0.8 in. FOR UPLIFT CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula below) 0.79 in. ` 0.875 in. -- OK USE PLATE : 7 1/2' dia. x 7/8' thick, Fy = 36 ksi I 3 x Uplift x (D - B) 1/2 2 x N x B x .75 x Fy x Sif x SIN (180/N) I where: I = required base plate thickness Uplift = applied uplift reaction D = radius of bolt circle B = radius of pipe leg N = number of anchor bolts/leg Fy = base plate yield strength Sif = stress increase factor STRESS ANALYSIS R A B TELECOM SITE: CHICO ONE, CA O M LA n LOX M zz N 0 o N D M 1`1 ®LJWU `J L �1� BK T K./AC 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM,OR 97302 DATE 5NOV96 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 S.O. 39399 O M LA n LOX M zz N 0 o N D M 1`1 C W Ul CE Da 13" 14" 16" 18- 21- 24" USE Ll7 m R 4 C] W 2 BB J U 4 loin DIR. Z M Ll7 m 22" 4 C] W 2 L� C TOWER BASE _ _ C �— DIMENSION fV SLAB FOUNDATION ELEVATION VIEW 3 " TYP. ANCHOR BOLT DATA Z 3-1/2 0 x 22" 4 OT DIR. 2 J J U 4 1/2" DIR. Z M D7 -1/20x 3 -1/20x Q 4 U Z 3-1/2 0 x 22" 4 112" DIR. 2 /2- 112- 3 -1/20x 3 -1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 112- /2'3 -1/20x 3 -1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 112- /2"3-1/2 3- 1 z20 x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 112- 2"3-1/20 3 -1,,2 0x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 4-5/80x 27" 5 1/2•' DIA. 4 1/2" 4-5/8 o x 27- 5 l/2" DIR. 4 1/2- 4-5/8 O x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" 4-5/8 0 x 27- 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1.2- 4-5/80x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 12" 4-5/8 0X 27" 6'-6- 6" DIR.. 4 1/2" 4-5/80x 27" 32 6" DIR. 4 ],,2- /2"4-5/80- 4-5Z80- 27- 28" 6" DIR. 4 1/2" 1 15/1 1 3V TOWER BASE DIMENSION 4-5/80x 27" ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 5 1/2" DIR. CIRCLE I 60' 9' 3-1/20x 22" ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 4.12- DIR. CIRCLE ( 1 2 3/8 1 15/16 ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 13" BASE THRU 32" BASE 4-5/8 0. 27" ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 6" DIR. CIRCLE I 60' �0 Ar -tel 2 5/8 2 5/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 TOWER BASE DIMENSION ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT CA- PQCC TW01i on- n - 3-I/2ox 22 r r 2 3/8_ 1 1, 1 1 3/8 1 TOWER 13RSE DIMENSION ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 37" BASE THRU 61" BASE 4-5/80x 27•• A.B.'S 2 3/8 DBL. NUTS & F.W. TYP. LEVELING NUTS & DRAIN PLATE II NUT & L.W. EACH SIDE BEARING PLATE TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL GROUT ALL TOWERS WITH 37- THRU 84" BASE GENERAL NOTES: 1. Prior to excavation, check the area for underground facilities. 2. RII reinforcing shall be intermediate grade deformed bars conform- ing to ASTM R615 Grade 60 (60,000 psi min, yeild) and shal'I be pro-' vided by the foundation contractor. 3. RII concrete shall have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI "Standard Building Code for Reinforced Concrete", RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation drawing. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. After the forms are removed, the excess excavation shall be replaced and compacted. 5. Tower bearing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. 6. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete is assumed to weigh 150 pcf. 8. Dry Packing Procedures: Mix 2 parts sand, one part cement, and add just enough water to allow molding a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a minimum. (This minimizes the possibility of shrinkage when the mortar, dry -mixed for maximum density and strength, is packed in place.) The packing shall be done by hand, ramming with bars or calking tools, or a combination thereof. 9. Install equal quantity of rebar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design is based on EIR "Normal" soil (4000 psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid for soil which meets or exceeds this criteria. 11. Maintain a minimum of 3- concrete cover to all rebar. REVTSTnNS REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY/C 68'•-84" BASE PDC A HRD 5 1/2' 30MRY86 JS A.B. CIRCLES B REVISED REBRR 60CT87 JS OURNTITIES MB REBRR WAS C GRADE 40. 25FEBBB PR CHNGD. REBRR JED OTY PER Gr60 & MIN. STEEL ADDED NOTES D 10 AND II. 20NOV95 ku) ADDED TYP. CONC. COVER NOTE. in U OD W Z o n � 00 W W W 3 F- O O In 174 U O U1 F- = O U >- H Cl 3 J 1- CD OZ m C7 F1W °) H l-_ 'r Q ��ivi) 1 Z (S) (D U)0 O Wa)X W � H O NOF3- W (L FEn U) cn uu J ru U) U)N� n m f\ to LO tT) M m to SHEET I OF 1 DWG. NO. 8-59847 SLAB DIMENSIONS A B C D E F G Of m Cr o # w -3z Q W W 0 Q W in Wo- �¢o ZO W } U 2 5'-6" 33" 26 1/2" 25 1/2" 11 1/4" 29 I/4" 24' 32-44 2.24 5'-6" 33" 26" 24 15/16" 12 1/8" 28 15/16" 24" 32-#4 2.24 6'-0" 36" 28" 26 3/4" 13 7/8•' 31 3/8" 24- 32-44 2.67 6'-0- 36" 27" 25 5/8" 15 9/16" 30 13/16" 24- 32-#4 2.67 6'-6" 39 28 1/2" 26 7/8" 18 3/16" 32 15/16" 24- 36-#4 3.13 6'-6- 39" 27- 25 1/8" 20 13/16" 32 I/16" 27" 40-#4 3.52 7-0" 42" 28" 25 13/16" 24 1/4•' 33 15/16" 27- 44-#4 4.08" 7-6" 45" 29" 26 1/2" 27 II/16" 35 13/16•' 30- 32-#5 5.21 8'-0" 48" 29 112- 26 5/8" 32 1/16" 37 5/16" 33" 40-#5 6.52 8-6" 51- 30" 26 3/4" 36 3/8" 38 7/8" 36" 44-#5 8.03 9'-0" 54' 30" 26 5/16" 41 9/16" 40 1/8" 39" 52-#5 9.75 9'-6" 57" 30" 25 13/16- 46 3/4" 41 7/16" 39" 52-#5 10.9 10'-0" 60" 29 112- 24 13/16" 52 13/16" 42 3/8" 42" 60-#5 13.0 11'-0" 66" 32" 26 3/4" 58 7/8" 46 3/8" 36' 56-#5 13.4 II' -6- 69" 31" 25 1/8" 65 13/16" 47 1/16- 42- 68-#5 17,1 12-6" 75" 33" 26 1/2" 72 3/4- 50 3/4" 39" 68-#5 19.6 3-I/2ox 22 r r 2 3/8_ 1 1, 1 1 3/8 1 TOWER 13RSE DIMENSION ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 37" BASE THRU 61" BASE 4-5/80x 27•• A.B.'S 2 3/8 DBL. NUTS & F.W. TYP. LEVELING NUTS & DRAIN PLATE II NUT & L.W. EACH SIDE BEARING PLATE TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL GROUT ALL TOWERS WITH 37- THRU 84" BASE GENERAL NOTES: 1. Prior to excavation, check the area for underground facilities. 2. RII reinforcing shall be intermediate grade deformed bars conform- ing to ASTM R615 Grade 60 (60,000 psi min, yeild) and shal'I be pro-' vided by the foundation contractor. 3. RII concrete shall have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI "Standard Building Code for Reinforced Concrete", RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation drawing. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. After the forms are removed, the excess excavation shall be replaced and compacted. 5. Tower bearing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. 6. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete is assumed to weigh 150 pcf. 8. Dry Packing Procedures: Mix 2 parts sand, one part cement, and add just enough water to allow molding a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a minimum. (This minimizes the possibility of shrinkage when the mortar, dry -mixed for maximum density and strength, is packed in place.) The packing shall be done by hand, ramming with bars or calking tools, or a combination thereof. 9. Install equal quantity of rebar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design is based on EIR "Normal" soil (4000 psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid for soil which meets or exceeds this criteria. 11. Maintain a minimum of 3- concrete cover to all rebar. REVTSTnNS REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY/C 68'•-84" BASE PDC A HRD 5 1/2' 30MRY86 JS A.B. CIRCLES B REVISED REBRR 60CT87 JS OURNTITIES MB REBRR WAS C GRADE 40. 25FEBBB PR CHNGD. REBRR JED OTY PER Gr60 & MIN. STEEL ADDED NOTES D 10 AND II. 20NOV95 ku) ADDED TYP. CONC. COVER NOTE. in U OD W Z o n � 00 W W W 3 F- O O In 174 U O U1 F- = O U >- H Cl 3 J 1- CD OZ m C7 F1W °) H l-_ 'r Q ��ivi) 1 Z (S) (D U)0 O Wa)X W � H O NOF3- W (L FEn U) cn uu J ru U) U)N� n m f\ to LO tT) M m to SHEET I OF 1 DWG. NO. 8-59847 SLAB FOUNDATION DESIGN: TOWER . FACE WIDTH L N V) W TOP BARS REF. MICROFLECT DRAWING B-59847 FINAL GRADE co /VBOTTOM BARS II II T- � SLAB WIDTH (SQUARE) DIMENSIONS: Slab width = 12.5 feet Slab thickness = 39.0 inches Cap height = 0.000 inches Cap size = 0.000 inches Tower face width = 7.00 feet Number of tower legs = 3 Depth of fill = 0.000 inches Depth from final grade = 0.000 feet to slab bottom TOWER BASE REACTIONS: Overturning moment = 274 ft -kips Total tower shear = 6.86 kips Maximum leg shear = 3.61 kips Tower weight = 3.72 kips OUTPUT SUMMARY: Stability ratio = 1.60 OK Net soil bearing pressure = 1.68 ksf OK Volume of concrete = 18.8 cu. yds. Slab two-way shear: OK Slab beam shear: OK MATERIAL PARAMETERS: Allowable net soil bearing pressure = 4.00 ksf Soil factor of safety = 2.50 (q-ult/q-oll) Concrete compressive strength = 3000 psi Rebar yield strength = 60000 psi Density of .concrete = 0.150 kcf Density of soil = 0.100 kcf Density of fill = 0.000 kcf Allowable stress increase factor = 1.00 NOTES: 1. If 'depth from final grade to slab bottom' is not known, it is conservatively assumed to be zero. 2. This design methodolgy assumes a rigid slab (Ref. ACI 336.2 R-88). REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS: (ASTM A615 Gr. 60) Minimum reinforcement areas: Top bars = 4.68 sq. inches. Bottom bars = 5.85 sq. inches. Top bars: Use 16-u5 (each way) @ 9.60 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 401 lbs. Bottom bars: Use 19-u5 (each way) @ 8.00 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 476 lbs. o LA 0 MSTRESS ANALYSIS rri Z -2 R & B TELECOM r SITE: CHICO ONE, CA W c \O T CN OD l!1 r I 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM, OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 0 M s Z m < o BY ZL D Z N CK TK M DATE 5NOV96 m S.O. 39399 DESIGN CRITERIA W ND: 100 mph (40 psf) 'ICE: None SOIL: EIA -C "Normal" (assumed) BAY TOWER ELEV. (F T.) BAY DEAD LOAD (KIPS) BAY WIND . LOAD (KIPS) LOAD 80 0.06 0.09 LE 76 0.08 0.16 73 0.07 0.14 70 0.08 0.15 66 0.08 0.15 63 0.08 0.14 60 0.09 0.17 LF 56 0.11 0.20 53 0.11 0.19 50 0.11 0.20 46 0.11 0.21 43 0.11 0.20 40 - 0.13 0.27 LG 35 0.16 0.33 30 0.16 0.34 25 0.16 0.34 20 0.19 0.37 15 0.21. 0.39 10 0.21 0.39 5 0.21 0.40 0 0.10 0.19 TCWER MODEL: 32-1-700-80' ANTENNAS 1. (3) DB 222 @ 80' on Top Flange Mounts. 2. (6) DB 806TL @ 60' on 3' Standoffs (3 up, 3 down). 3. (6) DB 806TL @ 40' on 3' Standoffs (3 up, 3 down). LE / Applied wind -1 0 Applied wind -2 PLAN ED 991 LGD MATERIALS & CODES STRUCTURAL STEEL.: ASTM A36 & A53 GR.B ERECTION BOLTS: ASTM A325X & SAE GR.5 ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A449 STEEL: AISC 9TH EDITION CONCRETE: ACI 318-89 INDUSTRY: EIA -C ANT. ANT. DEAD WIND LOAD LOAD (KIPS) (KIPS) -.123 .192 .438 .752 .546 .900 ANT. u 1 2 3 NOTES: LHD 1) Bay wind and dead loads include efffects of tower members, step bolts, and 1 run of 7/8' coax per antenna. 2) Worst case antenna wind shear has been applied in two directions in order to obtain maximum tower member stresses. 3) Maximum tower twist/sway @ 20 psf (bws) is 0.260 EXPIRES ON MAR 3 1 2000 3: STRESS ANALYSIS egO�ESS/p� o Z R S B TELECOM �`� . �V R N SITE: CHICO ONE, CA P A ' rn CD < w "D Ln o0 CeBY E 6 9 1 9 Z i 0 ®L�i1J������%% ZL CK U�IlUUL�LS TK.�,-. cn r. 3575 25TH STREET SALEM,OR 973025E C J),9 �' DATE 5NOV96 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 S.O. 39399 x EXPIRES ON MAR 3 1 2000 The method used to analyze this tower structure is based upon a computerized direct element stiffness matrix technique (Ref. 1). This technique assumes elastic material properties and is based upon the following formulations: (P) _ [K] (X) where (P) = applied nodal loads [K] = structural stiffness matrix (X) = nodal displacements This equation is solved for (X) by means of a modified Gauss -Jordan elimination 'technique. The nodal displacements are then utilized to calculate member end forces and moments. Microflect's implementation of this technique allows for three-dimensional frames with nodal loads. Truss members may be input by specifying beam member end moment releases. Supports and/or support settlements may be input by specifying nodal displacements. The resulting computer output consists of nodal displacements, member end forces and moments, and support reactions. Ref. 1: MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS, 2nd Edition, Chu-Kio Wang, International Textbook Co., Scranton, Pennsylvania, 1970 LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR CRITICAL MEMBERS MEM. SECTION TYPE L (In) r (In) KL/r AREA (In2) FCA ALLOW. LOAD (Kips) BOLTS MEMBER AXIAL LOAD (Kips) F.S. TO AISC ALLOW OTY-DIA .. ( BEARING ALLOW. SHEAR ALLOW. LEGS LEL Pipe 2 3/8' OD X .148w 37.7 0.789 47.8 1.04 25.7 3.64 7.06 LFL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 36.8 0.947 38.9 1.70 44.2 15.4 2.87 LGL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 57.7 0.947 60.9 1.70 38.3 30.7 1.25 LHL PIPE 3 1/2 OD x .216w 56.9 1.160 49.1 2.23 54.6 45.1 1.21 DIAGONALS LED L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 46.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.17 4.12 0.94 3.37 LFD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 55.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 1.15 3.16 �LGD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 78.4 0.296 136 0.359 2.90 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 2.65 1.09 LHD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 90.4 0.347 134 0.422 3.51 1 - 1/20 1/8 4.08 4.12 2.44 1.44 GIRT LEG L 2 1/2 x 2 x 3/16 25.6 .427 89.9 .809 8.55 1 - 1/20 3/16 4.25 4.12 0.61 6.75 NOTES: 1. KI/r computed in accordance with ASCE Manual 52. 2. All 1/2' 0 bolts are Gr. 5, all 5/8' 0 bolts are A325. 3. Girt and diagonal material is A36, while tower legs are A53 GR.B(min Fy = 50 ksi, certified). O Z Lo � U7 -A MSTRESS m ra o r- ANALYSIS R & B TELECOMul SITE: CHICO ONE, CA - M ` 0 rn s Z > m c m < o cn �;%% �% LA_/LJLI @ 0 @ LPL`7� 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM,OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 BY ZL C K T K ,'� DATE 5NOV96 S.O. 39399 The method used to analyze this tower structure is based upon a computerized direct element stiffness matrix technique (Ref. 1). This technique assumes elastic material properties and is based upon the following formulations: (P) _ (K) (X) where (P) = applied nodal loads (K) = structural stiffness matrix (X) = nodal displacements This equation is solved for (X) by means of a modified Gauss-Jordan elimination • technique. The nodal displacements are then utilized to calculate member end forces and moments. Microflect's implementation of this technique allows for three-dimensional frames with nodal loads. Truss members may be input by specifying beam member end moment releases. Supports and/or support settlements may be input by specifying nodal displacements. The resulting computer output consists of nodal displacements, member end forces and moments, and support reactions. Ref. 1: MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS, 2nd Edition, Chu-Kio Wang, International Textbook Co., Scranton, Pennsylvania, 1970 LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR CRITICAL MEMBERS MEM. SECTION TYPE L (In) r (In) KL/r AREA (In2) FCA ALLOW. LOAD (Kips) BOLTS MEMBER AXIAL LOAD (Kips) F. ..• TO RISC ALLOW OTY.-DIA. ( BEARING ALLOW. SHEAR ALLOW. LEGS LEL Pipe 2 3/8' OD X .148w 37.7 0.789 47.8 1.04 25.7 3.64 7-06 LFL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 36.8 0.947 38.9 1.70 44.2 15.4 2-$7 LGL PIPE 2 7/8 OD x .203w 57.7 0.947 60.9 1.70 38.3 30.7 1.25 LHL PIPE 3 1/2 OD x .216w 56.9 1.160 1 49.1 2.23 54.6 45.1 1.21 DIAGONALS LED L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 46.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.17 4.12 0.94 3.37 LFD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 55.9 0.296 102 0.359 4.57 1` - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 1.15 316 LGD L 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 78.4 0.296 136 0.359 2.90 1 - 1/20 1/8 3.63 4.12 2.65 1.09 LHD L 1, 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 90.4 0.347 134 0.422 3.51 1 - 1/20 1/8 4.08 4.12 2.44 1.4G GIRT LEG L 2 1/2 x 2 x 3/16 25.6 .427 89.9 .809 8.55 1 - 1/20 3/16 4.25 4.12 0.61 6.75 NOTES: 1. KI/r computed in accordance with ASCE Manual 52. 2. All 1/2' 0 bolts are Gr. 5, all 5/8' 0 bolts are A325. 3. Girt and diagonal material is A36, while tower legs are A53 GR.B(min Fy = 50 ksi, certified). I O Z o Lo co Ln N rn N -n r STRESS ANALYSIS R & B TELECOM SITE: CHICO ONE, CA M ` m ° z n m x m < N Z N rnrn LA_ItJ� 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM.OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 BY ZL CK T K DATE 5NOV96 S.O. 39399 BASE REACTIONS TOWER OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft TOTAL TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips TOWER WEIGHT = 3.72 kips MAX. SHEAR PER LEG. 3.61 kips ,TOWER BASE WIDTH = 7 feet TOWER HEIGHT = 80 feet LEAST LEG FACTOR OF SAFETY = 1 NUMBER OF LEGS = 3 Uplift Base moment x Leg F.S. Tower Wt. =, - Base width x 0.866 3 Download = Base moment x Leg F.S. + Tower Wt. Base width x 0.866 3 Shear =Leg Shear + Base moment x (Leg F.S.-1) 2 x Tower Ht. FACTORED OVERTURNING MOMENT = 274 kip -ft FACTORED TOWER SHEAR = 6.86 kips MAXIMUM UPLIFT PER LEG = 44.0 kips MAXIMUM DOWNLOAD PER LEG = 46.4 kips MAXIMUM SHEAR PER LEG = 3.61 kips ANCHOR BOLTS : Ref.: AISC's ASD 9th edition, section J3.5, table J3.3 MATERIAL : A449 (Fu = 120 ksi min.) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 USE 4 - 5/8' dia. bolts/leg on a 6' bolt circle 44.0 ft = = 35.5 ksi 4 x 0.31 3 h1 fv = = 2.91 ksi 4 X U.J] ALLOWABLE ANCHOR BOLT TENSILE STRESS = 39.6 ksi — 35.5 ksi--OK BASE PLATE Ref: 'Formulas for Stress and Strain', 5th Edition, ROARK & YOUNG t = required base plate thickness AISC:.9to,,Edition, minimum edge distance per table J3.5 MATERIAL: ASTM A36 (Fy = . 36 ksi) ALLOWABLE STRESS INCREASE FACTOR = 1 Fy = DIAMETER OF BASE LEG = 3 1/2' Sif = stress increase factor CONCRETE BEARING PRESSURE = 2100 psi W FOR DOWNLOAD CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula 21) 0.8 in. \ FOR UPLIFT CONDITION, MINIMUM THICKNESS (by Formula below) 0.79 in. Jb ` 0.875 in. -- OK USE PLATE : 7 1/2" dia. x 7/8' thick, Fy = 36 ksi 3 x Uplift x (D - B) 1/2 t 2 x N x B x .75 x Fy x Sif x SIN (180/N) I where: = M t = required base plate thickness Uplift = applied uplift reaction D = radius of bolt circle B = radius of pipe leg N = number of anchor bolts/leg Fy = base plate yield strength Sif = stress increase factor M = M STRESS ANALYSIS Z R & B TELECOM (. SITE: CHICO ONE, CA m W s Z < BY ZL -n o Ln ao rn%%�� % ] ®LMJLI L�L`� D z LA CK TK r� Ln r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. rn DATE SNOV96 SALEM,OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-01075.0. 75- 39399 SLAB FOUNDATION DESIGN: TOWER FACE WIDTH U w Z TOP BARS a BOTTOM BARS vi _ REF. MICROFLECT DRAWING B-59847 FINAL GRADE — I SLAB WIDTH (SOLIARE) DIMENSIONS: Slab width = 12.5 feet Slab thickness = 39.0 inches Cap height = 0.000 inches Cop size = 0.000 inches Tower face width = 7.00 feet Number of tower legs = 3 Depth of fill = 0.000 inches Depth from final grade = 0.000 feet to slab bottom TOWER BASE REACTIONS: Overturning moment = 274 ft -kips Total tower shear = 6.86 kips Maximum leg shear = 3.61 kips Tower weight = 3.72 kips OUTPUT SUMMARY: Stability ratio = 1.60 OK Net soil bearing pressure = 1.68 ksf OK Volume of concrete = 18.8 cu. yds. Slab two-way shear: OK Slab beam shear: OK MATERIAL PARAMETERS: Allowable net soil bearing pressure = 4.00 ksf Soil factor of safety = 2.50 (q_ult/q_all) Concrete compressive strength = 3000 psi Rebar yield strength = 60000 psi Density of concrete = 0.150 kcf Density of soil = 0.100 kcf Density of fill = 0.000 kcf Allowable stress increase factor = 1.00 NOTES: 1. If 'depth from final grade to slab bottom' is not known, it is conservatively assumed to be zero. 2. This design methodol g gy assumes a rigid slab (Ref. ACI 336.2 R-88). REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS: (ASTM A615 Gr. 60) Minimum reinforcement areas: Top bars = 4.68 sq. inches. Bottom bars = 5.85 sq. inches. Top bars: Use 16-tt5 (each way) @ 9.60 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 401 lbs. Bottom bars: Use 19-u5 (each way) @ 8.00 inch spacing, length = 12.00 ft., total weight = 476 lbs. 0 ci (n M STRESS ANALYSIS -- rn o R & B TELECOM m LA SITE: CHICO ONE, CA rn LOU Z BY ZL Ln n 0 o OD %,�� % ®LA_/L/Ul� 0 I > czn C K T K \� Ln m DATE 5NOV96 r 3575 25TH STREET S.E. SALEM, OR 97302 (503)363-9267 TWX 510-599-0107 S.O. 39399 usE C D7 DD R 26 V2" Q W 11 W 29 s 24" 32-#4 2.24 5'-6` D7 DD 33 26 V2" Q W 11 W C TOWER BRSE _ C �— DIMENSION �T N 1 .L A- j SLRB FOUNORTION ELEVRTION VIEW 3" TYP.* RNCHOR BOLT DRTR LO 0 W � W Q � I— J M ZM OW Q' Z 3-1/20x 22- 3-1/20x 22- 3-1/2 0x 22- 3-1/20x 22- 3-1/20x 22" 3-1/20x 22" 3-1/20x 22- 3-1/20x 22- 4-5/80x 27" 4-5/80x 27" 4-5/80x 2? - 4 -5/8 Ox 7"4-5/8Ox 27" 4-5/80x 2? - 4 -5/80x 27" 4-5/80x27" 4-5/80 x. 27 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" DIR. 5 1/2" DIR. 5 1/2` DIR. 5 1/2" DIR. 5 1/2" DIR. 5 1/2" DIR. 6" DIR. 6" DIR. 6" DIR. 2 112- 2 112- 2 112- 2 1/2` 2 1/2` 2 112- 2 1/2" 2 1/2` 4 1/2" 4 112- 4 1/2` 4 112- 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2` 4 1/2` �C 3V 4-5/8 Ox 27" RNCHOR BOLTS ON R 5 1/2" DIR. CIRCLE I \ ON R 4 1/2" DIR. CIRCLE I 1/8 1 15/16 1 15/16 TOWER BRSE DIMENSION RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT 13` BRSE THRU 32` BRSE 4-5/80x 27" RNCHOR BOLTS ON R 6" DIR. CIRCLE I 60' �m -�71). \� 2 5/8 lA 2 5/8.rl 1 1/2 I I/2 2 5/8 TOWER BRSE DIMENSION RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT 68" BRSE THRU 84` BRSE SLRB'DIMENSIONS Cc0 m wo WWW i - C D E F G �oo Qf 0 W W U 0 5'-6" 33 26 V2" 25-1/2 " 11 1/4" 29 I/4" 24" 32-#4 2.24 5'-6` 33` 26` 24 15/16` 12 1/8- 28 15/16` 24` 32-#4 2.24 6'-0- 36` 28' 26 3/4- 13 7/8" 31 3/8" 24` 32-#4 2.67 6'-0` 36" 27` 25 5/8" 15 9/16` 30 13/16" 24` 32-#4 2.67 6'-6` 39` 28 1/2" 26 7/8" 18 3/16` 32 15/16` 24` 36-#4 3.13 6'-6` 39` 27` 25 1/8" 20 13/16" 32 1/16" 27` 40-#4 3.52 7'-0` 42" 28" 25 13/16- 24 1/4" 33 15/16" 27' 44-#4 4.09 7'-6" 45" 29' 26 1/2" 27 11/16" 35 13/16" 30` 32-#5 5.21 8'-0` 48' 29 1/2" 26 5/8" 32 1/16- 37 5/16- 33` 40-#5 6.52 8'-6" 51' 30` 26 3/4' 36 3/8" 38 7/8" 36" 44-#5 8.03 9'-0" 54` 30` 26 5/16` 41 9/16" 40 1/8" 39" 52-#5 9.75 9'-6` 57' 30" 25 13/16" 46 3/4" 41 7/16" 39` 52-#5 10.9 10'-0` 60` 29 1/2" 24 13/16- 52 13/16" 42 3/8" 42` 60-#5 13.0 11'-0` 66` 32- 26 3/4" 58 7/8" 46 3/8" 36` 56-#5 13.4 11'-6` 12'-6" 69` 75" 31" 33" 25 26 1/8` 1/2" 65 72 13/16" 3/4- 47 50 1/16` 3/4` 42` 39- 68-#5 68-#5 17.1 18.8 I 60° or 2 3/8 13/8 1 3/8 2 3/8 TOWER BRSE DIMENSION / / I q -1/20x 22- RNCHOR BOLTS RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT 37" BRSE THRU 61" BRSE 4-5/Box 27" R.B.'S 3-1/20x 22- R.B.'S DBL. NUTS & 0 F. W. TYP. N mo ¢a 0, LEVELING NUTS & DRRIN PLRTE v N 1 iNUT & L.W. ERCH SIDE BERRING PLRTE TYPICRL RNCHOR BOLT DETRIL GROUT RLL TOWERS WITH 37" THRU 84' BRSE GENERRL NOTES: 1. Prior to excavation, check the area for underground facilities. 2. R11 reinforcing shall be intermediate.grade deformed bars conform- ing to RSTM R615 Grade 60 (60,000 psi min. yeild) and shall be pro- vided by the foundation contractor. 3. R11 concrete shall have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI "Standard Building Code for Reinforced Concrete", RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation drawing. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. Rfter the forms are removed, the excess excavation shall be replaced and compacted. 5. Tower bearing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. 6. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete is assumed to weigh 150 pcf. B. Dry Packing Procedures: Mix 2 parts sand, one part cement, and add just enough water to allow molding a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a minimum. (This minimizes the possibility of shrinkage when the mortar, dry -mixed for maximum density and strength, is packed in place.) The packing shall be done by hand, ramming with bars or calking tools, or a combination thereof. 9. Install equal quantity of rebar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design is based on EIR "Normal' soil (4000 psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid for soil which meets orexceeds this criteria. 11. Maintain a minimum of 3" concrete cover to all rebar. 11 REVISIONS REV DESCRIPTION DRTE BY/CK 68"-84" BRSE PD CD R HRD 5 1/2- 30MRY86 R. B. CIRCLES is B REVISED REBRR 60CT87 JS OURNTITIES MB REBRR WRS C GRRDE 40. 25FEB88 CHNGD. REBRR OTY PER Gr60& MIN. STEEL RDDEDNOTES D 10 RND ll. 20NOV95 RDDED TYP. JJED CONC. COVER NOTE. Um Q Q Z o_ ti CO W W 3 1— O O U cn O U'T O _ C7 � ri C1 J m L ~ = O H H 01 Q1 lI WCc J Q I Z Fmm Wmr W � � O U1 O �' x LL)lL F- (nom Oa 0 Q Cc r\ (n --1un Ln LD J Ri m � � � m L m co n r, m m m CD SHEET V OF 1 DWG. NO. B— 5 9 84 7 11 C W U7 Q DO use. r m DD R 4 Q W 2 B 5'-6" B 26 1/2" 25 I/2' 11 m DD SLRB DIMENSIONS 4 Q W 2 L C TOWER BRSE C I DIMENSION (V T�• � � � T � T SLRB FOUNDRTION ELEVRTION VIEW 3 " TYP.' I \ �m 'G- I I/8 I IS/16 I TOWER BASE DIMENSION' 4-5/80x 27" ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 5 1/2" DIR. CIRCLE 30* 60' \1_ • '0 3-1/20x 22' ANCHOR BOLTS ON R 4 1/2" DIR. CIRCLE 2 3/8 �0 1 15/16 2 3/8 13/8 13/8 TOWER BASE DIMENSION RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT 13" BASES THRU 332" BASE 4-5/80x 27'• RNCHOR BOLTS ON A 6" DIR. CIRCLE I 60" 'tel 2 5/8 '& 2 5/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 TOWER BRSE DIMENSION RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT RNCHOR BOLT DRTR SLRB DIMENSIONS 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 5'-6" O H J T 26 1/2" 25 I/2' 11 m o x W o J J U U O OQ� Z R B C D E F W it W w c r; G0 Z W M H 4 1/2" DIR. 2 �C)z Uro CE U 33' 26" 24 15/16" oir OO w— 28 I5/16' 24" 32-#4 2.24 W 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 in 3-1/2 0 x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 5'-6" 33" 26 1/2" 25 I/2' 11 1/4" 29 1/4" 24' 32-#4 2.24 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2' 5'-6" 33' 26" 24 15/16" 12 I/8" 28 I5/16' 24" 32-#4 2.24 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 6'-0" 36' 28" 26 3/4" 13 7/8" 31 3/8" 24' 32-#4 2.67 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 6'-0' 36" 27" 25 5/8" 15 9/16" 30 13/16" 24' 32-#4 2.67 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 6'-6' 39' 28 1/2'• 26 7/8" 18 3/16" 32 15/16" 24' 36-#4 3.13 3-I/20 x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2' 6'-6' 39" 27' 25 1/8" 20 13/16" 32 1/16" 27' 40-#4 3.52 3-1/20x 22" 4 1/2' DIR. 2 I/2" 7'-0' 42" 28" 25 13/16' 24 1/4" 33 15/16" 27" 44-#4 4.08 3-1/2 0 x 22" 4 1/2" DIR. 2 1/2" 7'-6" 45" 29" 26 1/2" 27 11/16" 35 13/16" 30" 32-#5 5.21 4-5/80x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2' 8'-0" 48" 29 1/2" 26 5/8" 32 1/16' 37 5/16' 33' 40-#5 6.52 4-5/80 x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" 8'-6" 51 30" 26 3/4" 36 3/8" 38 7/8" 36" 44-#5 8.03 4-5/8 O x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2' 9'-0' 54- 30' 26 5/16' 41 9/16' 40 1/8'• 39' 52-#5 9.75 4-5/80x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" 9'-6' 57" 30' 25 13/16" 46 3/4" 41 7/16' 39' 52-#5 10.9 4-5/80 x 27" 5 1/2" DIR. 4 1/2" 10'-0" 60' 29 1/2" 24 13/16" 52 13/16" 42 3/8' 42' 60-#5 13.0 4-5/80x 27" 6" DIR. 4 1/2' 11' 0' 66- 32' 26 3/4" 58 7/8" 46 3/8" 36" 56-#5 13.4 4-5/80 27" 6" DIA. 4 1/2" 11'-6' 69" 3l" 25 1/8" 65 13/16" 47 1/16' 42" 68-#5 17.1 4-5 /Bfdx 27' 6" DIR. 4 1/2' 12-6" 75' 33" ?F !r3" 7?? i/4" 50 3/4" 39" 68-#5 18.8 RNCHOR BOLT LRYOUT 37" BASE THRU 61- BRSE 4-5/8 g x 27" R.B.'S 3-1/20x 22" R.B �jma cv ¢ a DBL. NUTS & F.W. TYP. LEVELING NUTS & ORRIN PLATE I ' NUT & L.W. EACH SIDE BEARING PLATE TYPICRL RNCHOR BOLT DETRIL GROUT ALL TOWERS WITH 37" THRU 84" BRSE GENERAL NOTES: 1. Prior to excavation, check the area for underground facilities. 2. All reinforcing shall be intermediate grade deformed bars conform- ing to RSTM 8615 Grade 60 (60,000 psi min. yeild) and shall be pro- vided by the foundation contractor. 3. All concrete shall have a minimum ultimate compressive stress of 3,000 psi at 28 days. The requirement for the concrete shall be as given in the RCI "Standard Building Code for Reinforced Concrete", RCI 318, the latest edition. 4. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed soil to the depth indicated on the foundation drawing. The portion above grade shall be formed. If an area is excavated beyond the limits shown, this volume shall be filled with concrete or formed. After the forms are removed, the excess excavation shall be replaced and compacted. 5. Tower bearing areas of footing to be level with respect to each other and trowelled smooth. 6. The soil is considered to weigh 100 pcf. 7. Concrete is assumed to weigh 150 pcf. B. Dry Packing Procedures: Mix 2 parts sand, one part cement, and add just enough water to allow molding a shape by hand. Restrict the water content to a minimum. (This minimizes the possibility of shrinkage when the mortar, dry -mixed for maximum density and strength, is packed in place.) The packing shall be done by hand, ramming with bars or calking tools, or a combination thereof. 9. Install equal quantity of rebar each way at top and bottom of pad. 10. This foundation design is based on EIR "Normal' soil (4000 psf net allowable bearing pressure) and is only valid for soil Whirh -Rota or exceeds this criteria, haintain a minimum of 3" concrete cover to all rebar. REVISIONS REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY/C 68"-84" BASE CD R HAD 5 1/2' 30MRY86 PO A.B. CIRCLES is ]ETREVISED REBRR 60CT87 JS OURNTITIES MB REBRR WAS GRADE 40. 25FEB88 PR CHNGD. REBRR JED OTY PER Gr60 & MIN. STEEL ADDED NOTES D 10 AND ll. 20NOV95 T ADDED TYP. CONC. COVER NOTE. in U00 Q 03 Li W W ' 3 F- O O(n U Q W = O H CE L -J4. ~ O �i =H W a) (3 m H - 117 J Q �mm 1 Z Wm WnLn Om W LXLL_�QF3- D] W Cl i.- NQS Q LID U) 1 m n r, (D (n m m SHEET 1' OF 1 DWG. NO. 13- 5 9 8 4 7 647; %E--� A/, C h I6 ixr i fr it ru 8 net+ " tv"AN'LPACTURE G3E R ERGLASSC Co rte" SHE€TEPS 574 rst` PARTS LIST BRY MRRK DESCRIPTON REQ'D 36 10870 FLANGE CRP - 'LET' 3 L.W. 20296 PIPE LEG WELDMENT 2 20297 PIPE LEG WELD. W/ S.B. 1 LE 10830 ANGLE GIRT 3 USE (3) I6 10831 ANGLE DIAGONAL 18 -F— 10836 ANGLE DIAGONAL 18 N 20316 PIPE LEG WELDMENT 2 20317 PIPE LEG WELD. W/ S.B. 1 LF 10844 ANGLE DIAGONAL 18 10849 ANGLE DIAGONAL 18 � 20322 PIPE LEG WELDMENT 2 _ d 20323 PIPE 'LEG WELD. W/ S.B. 1 LG 10851 ANGLE DIAGONAL 12 10831 1OB53 ANGLE DIAGONAL 12 20328 PIPE LEG WELDMENT 2' N 20329 PIPE LEG WELD. W/ S.B. 1 LH 10855 ANGLE DIAGONAL 12 10857 ANGLE DIAGONAL 12 10831 10890 DRRIN PLATE 'LGB'-'LHB 3 HARDWARE LIST SYM. REQ'D DESCREPTON B12 36 5/8 0 x 3 R325 BOLT, NUT & PLAN L.W. I6 309 1/2 0 x 1 1/2 G5 BOLT, NUT 10870 FLANGE CRP 60 1/4 THICK SPACER W/ 9/16 0 10844 USE (3) I6 SB 80 5/8 0 x 8 1/4 R325 STEP BOLT -F— 32 " TOP WIDTH W/ (2) -NUTS & (1)-L.W. N m N (U \ 10844 10831 m 00 m 10830 N # m O � _ d I6 TYP. I6 TYP. 11 10831 AC V4 N N N w �r 10831 m wm CD Ill # m d 10836X I6 TYP. v 10836 HARDWARE LIST SYM. REQ'D DESCREPTON B12 36 5/8 0 x 3 R325 BOLT, NUT & L.W. I6 309 1/2 0 x 1 1/2 G5 BOLT, NUT & L.W. V4 O 60 1/4 THICK SPACER W/ 9/16 0 10844 HOLE SB 80 5/8 0 x 8 1/4 R325 STEP BOLT V4 W/ (2) -NUTS & (1)-L.W. 10849 m REFERENCE DRAWING: m 10849 FOUNDATION & R.B. LRYOUT...... B-59847 _ B12 (4) PER 10851 FLANGE r DO NOT SNUG NUT AGAINST I6 TYP. TH' D RUN OUT m v 10851 �`� V4 ri\� N CD G) r }} ri # CI G) i' SB TYP. ry td w 10853 I6 TYP. STEP BOLT INSTALLATION 10853 TYP. (1) LEG OF BOLTED SECTIONS ~\ B12 (4) PER 10855 FLANGE f I6 TYP. ri w 10855 m V4 N mm m ri r w _ ul N d R ADDED STITCH BOLTS & i IJANB9 DP LO 10857 SPACER TO "LE" DIAGONALS P I6 TYP. REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY/CK \� on til _ m Ln ® fll I co cn n w -meq v I i 10857 CD m �2 7C cn w I ITt m 3 mr�*t�N" m n f— 84" BASE WIDTH -flr wcd rw J o 0 H X G) -< -< G) -� tD z z� M M 0 d %.108901DRAIN PLATE, 10836 B12 (4) PER 10844 FLANGE I6 TYP. 10844 V4 N m N (U \ 10844 m 00 m N # m O � _ d 10849 I6 TYP. 11 10849 m REFERENCE DRAWING: m 10849 FOUNDATION & R.B. LRYOUT...... B-59847 _ B12 (4) PER 10851 FLANGE r DO NOT SNUG NUT AGAINST I6 TYP. TH' D RUN OUT m v 10851 �`� V4 ri\� N CD G) r }} ri # CI G) i' SB TYP. ry td w 10853 I6 TYP. STEP BOLT INSTALLATION 10853 TYP. (1) LEG OF BOLTED SECTIONS ~\ B12 (4) PER 10855 FLANGE f I6 TYP. ri w 10855 m V4 N mm m ri r w _ ul N d R ADDED STITCH BOLTS & i IJANB9 DP LO 10857 SPACER TO "LE" DIAGONALS P I6 TYP. REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY/CK \� on til _ m Ln ® fll I co cn n w -meq v I i 10857 CD m �2 7C cn w I ITt m 3 mr�*t�N" m n f— 84" BASE WIDTH -flr wcd rw J o 0 H X G) -< -< G) -� tD z z� M M 0 d %.108901DRAIN PLATE,